U.S. PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE
Information Products Division |
U.S. Patent Classification System - Classification Definitions
as of June 30, 2000
Patents classified in a subclass may be accessed by either clicking on
the subclass number
preceding each subclass definition or on the
" " icon, below.
( please note that patents for some subclasses may not be available )
For classification search strategies, please refer to the
Classification Index
Explanation of Data web page.
(definitions have been obtained from the
Patents ASSIST CD-ROM which
is produced by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office
Electronic Products Branch)
Class 156
ADHESIVE BONDING AND MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICAL MANUFACTURE
Class Definition:
This is the generic class for:
1. Manufacturing processes and apparatus including a step of
adhesively bonding parts together utilizing a nonmetallic
cement or assembly of parts for adhesive bonding of that
type.
2. The manufacture of articles of commerce in which one of
the manufacturing steps includes a chemical reaction.
3. The manufacture of panels from settable inorganic
compositions having adhered facing sheets (e.g., plaster
board). See Subclass References To The Current Class for
these processes and apparatus. The subclasses referenced
therein should be examined for the precise limits of the
subject matter provided for and for additional fields of
search.
4. The manufacture of electrical conductors of indefinite
length where not elsewhere provided for. See Subclass
References To The Current Class for these processes. The
subclasses referenced therein and notes thereto should be
consulted for the precise limits of the subject matter there
provided for.
Miscellaneous Subject Matter Also Provided For
1. This class includes several subclasses relating to the
manufacture of simulations or representations, that is
articles which give the appearance of being a specific object
without in fact being that object. Also provided is a
subclass relating to the preparation of products of nature
for display in their natural form. This class also includes
processes not elsewhere provided for in which is recited a
step of free hand drawing or shaping to produce an ornamental
form. See Subclass References to the Current Class, below,
for specific cites. The subclass definitions for all the
above areas should be inspected and especially the notes
thereto for the lines between these specific subclasses and
other classes.
2. Apparatus for performing shaping operations, per se, on
dry paper or paperlike materials are provided for in this
class. See Subclass References to the Current Class, below,
for specific cites. The lines with various classes and
analogous search fields are set out in the subclasses
mentioned there.
3. Delaminating. This class provides for the separation of a
bonded joint by destroying the bond and separating the parts.
See Subclass References to the Current Class, below, for
subclasses for methods for delaminating and corresponding
apparatus.
LINES WITH OTHER CLASSES AND WITHIN THIS CLASS
SPECIAL LINES WITH CLASS 29, METAL WORKING
Class 29 has several important relationships with this class
(156). Both classes take designated single-step processes,
and both are locations for multistep processes for
manufacturing designated products or using certain
combinations of steps.
Single-step processes provided for in Class 29 include
shaping particulate metal by pressure alone, burnishing,
filing, mechanical joining of parts, etc.., even when used in
the manufacture of a product designated for Class 156, in
section I, above. Likewise, where only an adhesive bonding
step is claimed, the process is assigned to Class 156, even
though a product designated for Class 29 is manufactured.
Multistep processes for Class 29 are of two types: (1) Those
for making specified articles, enumerated in that part of the
Class 29 subclass 401.1. (2) Multistep manufacturing
processes not provided for elsewhere.
Insofar as processes of type (1) are concerned, these are
assigned to Class 29, even when an adhesive bonding step is
claimed as part of the multistep process, except for
processes classifiable in subclasses 825+, which follows the
category (2) rule given in the next paragraph.
Processes of type (2) are provided for in this class (156)
when they claim: (a) Adhesive bonding combined with shaping
of nonmetals. (b) Adhesive bonding combined with broad or
nominally claimed metal shaping steps. (c) Adhesive bonding
including steps for assembling the parts to be bonded.
Processes of type (2) are classified in Class 29 when they
claim: (a) Adhesive bonding combined with specified metal
shaping steps. (b) Adhesive bonding combined with mechanical
joining, either broad or specific.
A. Bonding And/Or Assembly Therefor.
1. This class provides for the adhesive securing of parts
utilizing nonmetallic cementing media. The adhesive may be
separately applied tacky material, or it may be a nontacky
material on application that is subsequently activated. The
parts joined may be inherently tacky without the addition of
an adhesive or may be rendered tacky by the application of an
activating material or agent.
2. This class provides for process for assembling adhesive
coated or tacky parts even though the step of applying the
adhesive may not be claimed. Assembly or association of
articles for subsequent bonding or adhesive applying where
the subsequent bonding is not claimed is generally not
provided for in this class. Any step in addition to the
assembly, however, which might be considered to be unique to
adhesive bonding is sufficient to cause the patent to be
classified in this class.
3. This class provides for apparatus for assembling and
joining of parts. Generally it is required that the
apparatus include means to bring the parts into assembled
association and that the parts have adhesive applied to them
or means be claimed to apply adhesive or render the parts
adhesive. This class generally does not provide for
apparatus for bringing parts together for subsequent adhesive
application where such application is not claimed.
Appropriate classes are listed in References to Other
Classes, below. Class 29, Metal Working, especially provides
for such devices.
B. Laminating Combined With Other Operations
1. This class provides for the combination of laminating with
other working steps, however other classes provide for
laminating for the manufacture of specific articles, or
particular operations combined with laminating steps. See
References to Other Classes, below, referencing this
section.
C. Chemical Manufactures
1. Etching apparatus in general is provided for in Class 134,
Cleaning and Liquid Contact With Solids, except apparatus for
(a) applying etchant to a restricted portion of a product or
(b) causing the etchant to be applied differently to
different areas of the product Class 156 (subclass 345).
Attention is directed to the search notes of these subclasses
for the locus of other art relating to this subject matter.
Processes and apparatus for electrolytic etching are provided
for in Class 204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy.
2. Class 430, Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process,
Composition, or Product Thereof, Class 427, Coating
Processes, and Class 264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article
Shaping or Treating: Processes, generally provide for
chemical reactions which take place during photos:graphic
imaging, coating or molding steps, respectively. Where
etching is employed merely to prepare a surface for some
subsequent operation, e.g., coating, welding, etc.., the
patent to the combination is classified with the subsequent
operation. Also, imaging or coating combined with subsequent
chemical etching is provided for in Class 430 or 427, while
molding combined with subsequent reactive gas or vapor
treatment is provided for in Class 264.
3. Class 29, Metal Working, provides for its own operations
when combined with a coating step or a molding step. See
also "A. Bonding And/Or Assembly Therefor" above.
See References to Other Classes, below, referencing this
section.
D. Single-crystal Growth
1. This subject matter is located in Class 117,
Single-Crystal, Oriented-Crystal, and Epitaxy Growth
Processes; Non-Coating Apparatus Therefor.
E. Products
This class does not provide for products of manufacture.
Class 428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, in
appropriate subclasses provides for the products resulting
from the processes of this class where not elsewhere provided
for. For the classification of other articles, attention is
directed to the "Index to Classification".
LINE WITH CLASS 228 AND CLASS 219
See Class 228, Metal Fusion Bonding, appropriate subclasses
for joining of parts by metallurgical bonding and also see
Class 219, Electric Heating, for welding of metals by
electric heating. (for apparatus bringing parts together for
adhesive application, not claiming application)
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
39 and 346+ for, respectively, the apparatus and the
processes for the manufacture of panels from settable
inorganic compositions having adhered facing sheets (e.g.,
plaster board). The definitions and notes to these
subclasses should be examined for the precise limits of the
subject matter provided for and for additional fields of
search.
47 for processes of the manufacture of electrical conductors
of indefinite length where not elsewhere provided for. The
subclasses referenced therein and notes thereto should be
consulted for the precise limits of the subject matter there
provided for.
57 for preparation of products of nature for display in
their natural form.
58 59, 61, for manufacture of simulations or representations,
that is articles which give the appearance of being a
specific object without in fact being that object ).
62 for processes not elsewhere provided for in which is
recited a step of free hand drawing or shaping to produce an
ornamental form.
344 for methods for delaminating.
584 for apparatus for delaminating.
585 for apparatus for performing shaping operations, per se,
on dry paper or paperlike materials. The lines with various
classes and analogous search fields are set out in this
subclass.
REFERENCES TO OTHER CLASSES
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, 243 for processes for making apparel including a
cementing step combined with other apparel manufacturing
steps. (see "Laminating combined with other operations"
above)
7, Compound Tools, appropriate subclasses for laminating
tools combined with other working devices. (see "Laminating
combined with other operations" above)
12, Boot and Shoe Making, appropriate subclasses for shoe
making including laminating. (see "Laminating combined with
other operations" above)
15, Brushing, Scrubbing, and General Cleaning, appropriate
subclasses, for laminating implements there provided for of
the brush or wiper type. (for apparatus bringing parts
together for adhesive application, not claiming application)
15, Brushing, Scrubbing, and General Cleaning, 105 for tools
of that class when combined with some other tool even though
the Class 15 tool may be disclosed as having a laminating
function. See "A. Bonding And/Or Assembly Therefor" above
for the line between Class 15 and Class 156 as to tools, per
se. (see "Laminating combined with other operations" above)
26, Textiles: Cloth Finishing, 3 for cloth singeing and
general textile cloth finishing. (see "C. Chemical
Manufactures" above)
28, Textiles: Manufacturing, appropriate subclasses as the
generic class for textile operations, and especially 167,
178+, 261, and 265+ for significantly claimed textile
operations combined with steps of coating, dyeing or fluid
treatment.. (see "C. Chemical Manufactures" above)
28, Textiles: Manufacturing, 107 for the formation of a
textile product by mechanically interlocking or interengaging
of threads, yarns, fibers or the like in a manner not
provided for elsewhere, such as by needling.(for apparatus
bringing parts together for adhesive application, not
claiming application)
29, Metal Working, subclasses 1.1-25.42, 91+, 592.1 through
623.5, and 825 through 899.1, for combined apparatus or
processes for making specific articles set forth even though
an adhesive bonding be claimed. This class (156) can provide
for manufacture of these articles where a laminating step
only is claimed. Subclasses 33+ and 700+ of Class 29 provide
for assembly and shaping combined with other manufacturing
means or steps. See subclasses 592.1+ of Class 29 for the
residual home for methods of making electrical devices and
subclasses 729+ for corresponding apparatus. See the Class
Definition of this class (156) for those articles for which
Class 156 is the residual manufacturing class.
(1) Note. With respect to general manufacturing processes,
(i.e., articles not specifically provided for) the lines are
as follows: Class 156 Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous
Chemical Manufacture. (1) Adhesive bonding combined with
shaping of nonmetals. (2) Adhesive bonding combined with
broad or nominally claimed metal shaping steps. (3) Adhesive
bonding including assembly steps. Class 29 Metal Working: (1)
Adhesive bonding combined with specific metal shaping steps.
(2) Adhesive bonding combined with mechanical joining, either
broad or specific. (See Lines With Other Classes and Within
This Class, "Laminating Combined With Other Operations,"
above)
43, Fishing, Trapping, and Vermin Destroying, subclass 42.53
for combined processes for making artificial fishing lures or
bait. (see "Laminating Combined With Other Operations"
above)
51, Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or Composition,
and especially subclass 297 for an abrasive tool making
process which may involve a laminating step. (see "Laminating
Combined With Other Operations" above)
51, Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or Composition,
for a process for making an abrading tool and see especially
the notes therein for the lines with other classes.. (see "C.
Chemical Manufactures" above)
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), 746.1 for a process
involving erection or assembly of a building or building
component involving more than merely adhering a preformed
sheet form member to a surface. (see "Laminating Combined
With Other Operations" above)
53, Package Making, appropriate subclasses for laminating
operations, per se, peculiar to package making. That class
provides for adhesively sealing a filled package where
package handling means are claimed. Class 53 also provides
for adhering encircling sealing strips ( subclass 137.2 )
which seal portions of cover, i.e., cover adjuncts. Partial
cover application, such as cigar bands, for example, are
provided for in Class 53, subclass 580, especially where the
band is secured to itself. (for apparatus bringing parts
together for adhesive application, not claiming application)
53, Package Making, appropriate subclasses for package making
including a laminating step and see "A. Bonding And/Or
Assembly Therefor" above for the line with Class 53. (see
"Laminating Combined With Other Operations" above)
57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, 3, 210, and
362 for covering or wrapping cores of indefinite length when
including or followed by a twisting or twining operation.
(see "Laminating Combined With Other Operations" above)
65, Glass Manufacturing, subclass 31 for a process involving
a glassworking operation combined with an etching operation
in any sequence.. (see "C. Chemical Manufactures" above)
65, Glass Manufacturing, 36 for a process of bonding glass
by glassworking operation to a formed part, and see the line
note in subclass 36; especially see subclasses 37+ for
multi-focal lens making including fusion bonding, and see the
line note in subclass 37; subclass 42 for a process of
glassworking including bonding of a subassembly with
subsequent assembly and bonding of formed parts only, and see
the line note in subclass 42). (for apparatus bringing parts
together for adhesive application, not claiming application)
76, Metal Tools and Implements, Making, 101.1 for metal tool
and implement making processes which may involve a laminating
step. (see "Laminating Combined With Other Operations"
above)
99, Foods and Beverages: Apparatus, 450.1 for apparatus for
making a composite edible by laminating preforms. (for
apparatus bringing parts together for adhesive application,
not claiming application)
100, Presses, for press apparatus, per se, even where
disclosed for performing a laminating function. That class
(100) can take feeding of a previously associated sandwich
into the press couple or removal of the sandwich from the
couple. Mere heating in the press is also provided for in
Class 100, 300 as is means placing the material pressed
under vacuum during pressing (subclass 90). This class (156)
provides for pressing and for laminating not provided for in
Class 100, i.e., (1) pressing combined with means peculiar to
laminating or (2) presses modified uniquely for laminating.
Under (1) above, means associating or assembling parts before
pressing, for example, is in this class (156). In subclasses
580+ of this class may be found certain presses, per se, or
platen structures modified for laminating. Thus, for
example, under (2) above and in these subclasses may be found
press platens having relieved areas whereby the pressed
sandwich is bonded at spaced points, differentially heated
platens to achieve the same effect. (for apparatus bringing
parts together for adhesive application, not claiming
application)
101, Printing, appropriate subclasses provides for the
transfer of sheet-like material onto a base where the
transfer element is a printing member of the type provided
for in that class. Die printing with gold leaf, for example,
is provided for in that class (101) when a ribbon of leaf is
used and a portion thereof is impressed and adhered onto the
base by a printing member. (for apparatus bringing parts
together for adhesive application, not claiming application)
101, Printing, subclass 463.1, for processes for making
printing plates and surfaces there provided for.. (see "C.
Chemical Manufactures" above)
114, Ships, subclass 86 for ship calking and seaming and
subclass 224 for implements performing this function. (for
apparatus bringing parts together for adhesive application,
not claiming application)
118, Coating Apparatus, appropriate subclasses for devices
which only apply adhesive to parts previously associated.
Any manipulation of the parts to facilitate lamination or
manipulations peculiar to lamination are excluded from this
class (118). Thus, for example, separating parts to insure
flow of adhesive there between is provided for in Class 156.
(for apparatus bringing parts together for adhesive
application, not claiming application)
131, Tobacco, 290 for tobacco treating processes.. (see "C.
Chemical Manufactures" above)
131, Tobacco, appropriate subclasses for cigar and cigarette
making combined with laminating.
134, Cleaning and Liquid Contact With Solids, for cleaning
processes and especially subclass 2 and 3 for chemical
bleaching, oxidation or reduction of a metallic, siliceous or
calcareous base. That class (134) also provides for apparatus
for contacting solid workpieces with an etchant fluid. Class
156 provides for etching apparatus in which the etchant has a
differential effect on the work.. (see "C. Chemical
Manufactures" above)
144, Woodworking, 3.1 for a machine for charring or burning
wood.. (see "C. Chemical Manufactures" above)
157, Wheelwright Machines, 1.1 for rubber tire mounting or
demounting apparatus. (for apparatus bringing parts together
for adhesive application, not claiming application)
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, 123 for processes
for producing multilayer water-laid sheets or webs. (for
apparatus bringing parts together for adhesive application,
not claiming application)
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, appropriate
subclasses for the combination of paper making and
laminating. (see "Laminating Combined With Other Operations"
above)
164, Metal Founding, 91 for processes of forming composite
articles by a metal casting operation. (for apparatus
bringing parts together for adhesive application, not
claiming application)
165, Heat Exchange, 168 for heated surfaces or heat exchange
members, per se, which may function to apply laminating heat
to a work piece. (for apparatus bringing parts together for
adhesive application, not claiming application)
219, Electric Heating, appropriate subclasses for electric
heating of metals for welding. That class (219) also
provides for electric heaters, per se, which may be used for
adhesive bonding and for heated couples not specifically
modified to provide for a laminating function. (for apparatus
bringing parts together for adhesive application, not
claiming application)
227, Elongated-Member-Driving Apparatus, appropriate
subclasses, for joining by mechanical means there provided
for. (for apparatus bringing parts together for adhesive
application, not claiming application)
228, Metal Fusion Bonding, appropriate subclasses for joining
of parts by metallurgical bonding. (See Lines With Other
Classes and Within This Class, above.)
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, appropriate subclasses for processes within the
class definition, for casting or molding operations which may
include a uniting operation. Class 264 provides for casting
a part onto a preform to form a composite article and also
provides for uniting two or more spaced preforms by
introducing fluent material therebetween. For a more
comprehensive line between Classes 156 and 254 see the class
definitions of Class 264. (for apparatus bringing parts
together for adhesive application, not claiming application)
223, Apparel Apparatus, appropriate subclasses for garment
making apparatus which may include laminating means in
combination therewith.
227, Elongated-Member-Driving Apparatus, subclass 14 for
apparatus for applying a member, e.g., nail, to a workpiece
combined with means to apply cement to the workpiece for a
securing purpose. (see "Laminating Combined With Other
Operations" above)
242, Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding, 551 for unwinding an
elongated material with attachment to a preceding material
including means to unite material ends together to insure a
continuous supply. The art in Class 242 typically handles
rolls or spools in addition to unwinding. (see "Laminating
Combined With Other Operations" above)
300, Brush, Broom, and Mop Making, appropriate subclasses,
for processes for making the finished articles there provided
for by a bonding step. (for apparatus bringing parts together
for adhesive application, not claiming application)
404, Road Structure, Process, or Apparatus, appropriate
subclasses under 72+ and 83+, for a road and pavement making
process and apparatus which may include a step of bonding or
a means for bonding. (for apparatus bringing parts together
for adhesive application, not claiming application)
404, Road Structure, Process, or Apparatus, 72 for a process
of making a roadway which may include the step of setting or
curing road material.. (see "C. Chemical Manufactures"
above)
404, Road Structure, Process, or Apparatus appropriate
subclasses under 72+ and 83+ for a road and pavement making
process and apparatus which may include a step of laminating
or a means for laminating. (see "Laminating Combined With
Other Operations" above)
412, Bookbinding: Process and Apparatus, appropriate
subclasses for specific book making steps or apparatuses
combined with laminating. This class (156) provides for
making single book elements, such as laminated book covers,
even though the plural manufacturing steps may be claimed.
(see "Laminating Combined With Other Operations" above)
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, appropriate
subclasses as the residual class for apparatus involving
chemical procedures.. (see "C. Chemical Manufactures" above)
423, Chemistry of Inorganic Compounds, as the parent class
for processes involving a chemical reaction.. (see "C.
Chemical Manufactures" above)
430, Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition, or
Product Thereof, for radiation imagery including an etching
step.. (see "C. Chemical Manufactures" above)
436, Chemistry: Analytical and Immunological Testing, for
processes and compositions for qualitative or quantitative
chemical testing especially subclass 4 for a chemical
determination of properties of a crystal or crystalline
materials.. (see "C. Chemical Manufactures" above)
425, Plastic Article or Earthenware Shaping or Treating:
Apparatus, 110 for apparatus uniting parts within a mold
cavity or for making a composite article from a preform and
fluent material by casting thereof in a mold. (for apparatus
bringing parts together for adhesive application, not
claiming application)
427, Coating Processes, for coating, per se, with adhesive
material even where the adhesive is disclosed as for the
purpose of laminating. Class 427 also provides for coating
previously associated parts where association is not claimed.
(for apparatus bringing parts together for adhesive
application, not claiming application)
505, Superconductor Technology: Apparatus, Material,
Process, 300 for processes of producing high temperature
(T[subscrpt]c[end subscrpt] > 30 K) superconductors. (for
apparatus bringing parts together for adhesive application,
not claiming application)
445, Electric Lamp or Space Discharge Component or Device
Manufacturing, appropriate subclasses for processes there
provided for which may include chemical manufacturing steps..
(see "C. Chemical Manufactures" above)
445, Electric Lamp or Space Discharge Component or Device
Manufacturing, subclass 2, 23+, 61 and 66+ as the residual
class for the manufacture of electric lamp and discharge
devices and see especially the class definition thereof for
the locus of other patents relating to the manufacture of
these devices. (see "Laminating Combined With Other
Operations" above)
493, Manufacturing Container or Tube From Paper; or Other
Manufacturing From a Sheet or Web, appropriate subclasses for
manufactures which includes a laminating or adhesive bonding
step. That Class 493 generally manufactures finished
articles of commerce from paper or paperlike materials and is
the generic class for the manufacture of the specific
articles there provided for. Class 156 provides for
subcombinations of laminating single seams in the manufacture
of those articles and also provides for tube making methods
involving a laminating step. See the line note under the
definition of Class 493 to this class (156) for further
clarification of the lines between these classes. (see
"Laminating Combined With Other Operations" above)
505, Superconductor Technology: Apparatus, Material,
Process, 300 for processes of producing high temperature
(T[subscrpt]c[end subscrpt] > 30 K) superconductors. (see
"Laminating Combined With Other Operations" above)
505, Superconductor Technology: Apparatus, Material,
Process, 300 for processes of producing high temperature
(T[subscrpt]c[end subscrpt] > 30 K) superconductors. (see "C.
Chemical Manufactures" above)
588, Hazardous or Toxic Waste Destruction or Containment,
appropriate subclasses for the destruction or containment of
hazardous or toxic waste. (see "C. Chemical Manufactures"
above)
GLOSSARY:
ADHESIVE BOND
The joining of parts (a) by means of a separate glue-like
material or (b) by rendering contacting surfaces tacky by
means of solvent and/or heat.
BENDING
Distortion of a workpiece by bodily moving a portion of it
throughout its entire thickness relative to a second portion
during which the thickness of the workpiece remains
substantially the same and no significant plastic flow
occurs.
BULK DEPOSITION OF PARTICULATE MATERIAL
The fluent delivery of a stream of separate loose pieces onto
a receiving surface. The relative size of the pieces is not
significant, rather it is the manner in which they are
handled, as a mass or stream rather than each particle being
individually manipulated.
INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK
A piece of material handled at points intermediate its ends
whereby the length is immaterial to the manner of handling.
LAMINA
One of the component parts or layers of an adhesively bonded
sandwich. Also an element which by disclosure is to be bonded
to a separate element.
SUBCLASSES
Subclass:
1
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Methods for the manufacture of articles.
(1) Note. Many of these subclasses have corresponding
apparatus subclasses, therefor a complete search may involve
the apparatus subclasses, which subclasses start at subclass
345 and continue to the end of the class.
Subclass:
39
This subclass is indented under subclass 1. Processes which
are directed to making bodies having at least three layers,
at least one of whose intermediate layers is composed of an
inorganic settable material of structural strength, and whose
outermost layers are of a sheet-like material.
(1) Note. The primary function of the inorganic settable
material is to give structural strength to the multi-layered
body.
(2) Note. The inorganic settable material is normally
referred to as the core and the outer layer as the facing
sheet.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
346 for plaster board making type of apparatus.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, 638 for coating
compositions containing an inorganic settable material.
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, appropriate subclasses for processes within the
class definition for casting a settable material onto a
surface and stripping therefrom when not combined with the
step of adhering facing sheets to the settable material.
subclass 333 therein pertains to processes utilizing heat or
pressure indicating, mold or die shaping of inorganic
hydraulic settable materials, not classifiable above.
427, Coating Processes, appropriate subclass, for processes
of coating a substrate.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, 304.4 for a
composite stock material web or sheet including a porous or
cellular layer, and the appropriate subclasses under
subclasses 411+ for a nonstructural "plaster-board" plural
layer product.
Subclass:
40
This subclass is indented under subclass 39. Processes
combined with the step of folding and/or bending at least one
facing sheet.
(1) Note. See subclasses 196 and 226 of this class for
definitions of the scope of the terms "bending" and
"folding", respectively.
(2) Note. Included in this subclass are processes of
bending a single facing sheet into a trough-like shape and
applying the core material to the trough thus formed.
(3) Note. This subclass also includes processes wherein a
single facing sheet completely envelopes the core material.
(4) Note. Processes wherein a facing sheet is turned about
the edges of the core material and embedded therein are
included in this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
196 for processes of bending or reshaping a self-sustaining
lamina.
Subclass:
41
This subclass is indented under subclass 39. Processes which
include the step of coating a facing sheet of, the assembled
body, or adding an ingredient to the core material which
coating or added ingredient renders the plasterboard
impervious to the passage of water.
Subclass:
42
This subclass is indented under subclass 39. Processes which
include the envelopment of an additional element by the core
material which element imparts additional structural strength
to the completed plasterboard.
(1) Note. The additional element may be fibers, rods, tubes
or any other material which adds structural strength to the
core material.
(2) Note. The reenforcing elements may be added during the
formulation of the core material.
Subclass:
43
This subclass is indented under subclass 39. Processes which
include the step of causing the core material to become
cellular in nature after association of the core material
with at least one of the facing sheets.
(1) Note. The addition of activatable foaming agents,
beating, or heating of gas generating materials are some
examples of the means used to cause the core to become
cellular.
Subclass:
44
This subclass is indented under subclass 39. Processes in
which at least one of the facing sheets is subjected to a
mechanical and/or chemical modification prior to the
association of the various layers.
(1) Note. Trimming, roughening, perforating, application of
adhesive, printing, and coating are some examples of the
types of treatments herein included.
Subclass:
45
This subclass is indented under subclass 39. Processes in
which the unitary body formed by the association of the
facing sheets and core material is thereafter subjected to a
chemical and/or mechanical modification.
(1) Note. Edge smoothing, cutting, manipulative drying
techniques, coating, printing and manipulative pressure
application are some examples of the type of modifications
herein included.
Subclass:
46
This subclass is indented under subclass 45. Processes in
which the modification is the formation of an aperture.
(1) Note. The aperture need not necessarily extend through
the entire body but may stop short of penetrating the second
facing sheet.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
252 for processes of forming apertures in lamina.
Subclass:
47
This subclass is indented under subclass 1. Processes for
making indefinite length electrical conductors or for
joining, splicing or repairing the same.
(1) Note. The term "conductor" as used herein, means any
wire, strand, filament bar, rod, cable, cord, tube, or like
element, of indefinite length, simple or compound, bare or
insulated, designed and intended to provide an electrically
conductive path between its end.
(2) Note. This class is a residual class for miscellaneous
patents pertaining to the above subject matter and which
cannot be classified elsewhere. The bulk of the patents
relating to this subject matter is to be found in the various
manufacturing apparatus and process classes referred to in
the following notes. The definitions of these classes should
be consulted to determine the scope and limitations thereof,
this class (156) taking only those patents which cannot be
properly allocated to any other manufacturing class. The
following notes refer to those classes in which conductor
manufacturing and other immediately related processes and
apparatus are known to exist, but are probably not
exhaustive.
(3) Note. METAL WORKING OPERATIONS For the making, forming,
or shaping of wires, rods, tubes, cables, or other metallic
elements, either simple or compound, or for the covering or
sheathing of wires, rods, etc.., either insulated or not, by
mere metal working operations; see "SEARCH CLASS" below with
reference to Metal Working Operations.
(4) Note. The above classes also provide for certain
subsidiary or miscellaneous operations encountered in the
manufacture of electric conductors or otherwise of interest
therein as set forth in (15) note.
(5) Note. For mere twisting or twining of metal strands,
wires, etc.., or for mere coating operations with metal, see
notes (9) and (12), respectively, as well as their Search
Class notes below.
(6) Note. In general, the above classes may be said to be
restricted to metal working operations, or to such operations
combined with certain subsidiary operations which are merely
incidental to the metal working. However, exceptions are
found in Class 29, Metal Working, in which subclasses 90.01,
400.1 and 700 and their indented subclasses are the generic
places for the operations provided for therein regardless of
the material worked on. Thus, for example, for the threading
or assembling of beads, discs, or other spacer members,
whether of metal or not, on wires, as in coaxial cables, see
Class 29, subclass 729.
(7) Note. Plural or combined operations, each of which is a
metal working operation, are also included in the above
classes, Class 29, Metal Working taking all such combined
operations not provided for in the other metal working
classes. Accordingly, patents relating to the manufacture of
electric conductors wherein each operation involves metal
working, will be classified in one of the above classes, but
where, in addition to the metal working, an operation not
merely subsidiary thereto is claimed, as, for example, the
coating or covering of a wire insulation prior or subsequent
to the metal working, such patent will be classified in Class
156.
(8) Note. TEXTILE WORKING OPERATIONS For the making or
forming of cords, cables, or other strands, including
conductors, or for the covering or sheathing of such elements
by mere textile working operations; see "SEARCH CLASS"
below.
(9) Note. In general, these textile classes are restricted
to textile working operations, by which is meant the working,
manipulating, or interengagement of fibers, filaments,
strands, etc.., to produce fabric structures. The filaments,
strands, etc.., may be of metal where no particular metal
working is involved. Thus, for example, Class 57, Textiles:
Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, will take the mere twisting
or twining of one or more metallic strips, tapes, wires,
etc.., to form wire-rope, cables, etc.., or to cover a core
therewith.
(10) Note. Textile working operations combined with
subsidiary or auxiliary operations such as, for example,
coating or impregnating of the fibers or strands, or of the
core, or of the completed article, with fluid or plastic
material are also included.
(11) Note. Plural or combined operations each of which is a
textile working operation (e.g., twisting or twining plus
braiding or knitting) are also included, Class 28, Textiles:
Manufacturing, taking such residual combined operations not
provided for in the other textile classes. Accordingly,
patents relating to the manufacture of electric conductors
wherein each operation is a textile working operation are
classifiable in one of the above classes, but where, in
addition to the textile working, an operation not merely
subsidiary thereto is claimed, as, for example, applying a
metallic sheath by drawing or rolling prior or subsequent to
the textile working operation, such patent will be classified
in Class 156.
(12) Note. COATING, COVERING AND SHEATHING. For coating,
covering, or sheathing conductors by metal working operations
or by textiles working operations, see the classes listed
under these respective headings above. For other apparatus or
processes for forming or applying a coating, sheathing, or
other covering on a conductor, cable, or other strand; see
"Search Class" below. Classes 118, 148, 204, and 427,
include coating with metal, when applied by the operations
provided for in these classes.
(13) Note. STRUCTURE. For the structure of electric
conductors or for analogous strand structures, including
pipes, hose and conduits, see the Search Class notes below.
(14) Note. MISCELLANEOUS For methods or apparatus for
installing or laying conductors, drawing them through
conduits, or placing them on poles; see "Search Class" below
referencing this Note.
(15) Note. MISCELLANEOUS. See the Search Class notes below
to miscellaneous apparatus and processes used in the
manufacture of electrical conductors or otherwise of interest
therein.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
166 for processes of associating flexible filamentary
material of indefinite length not especially intended to
provide an electrically conductive path between its ends.
(See "Miscellaneous" Note above for apparatus and processes
used in the manufacture of electrical conductors, etc..)
169 for processes of winding filamentary material of
indefinite length to form electric coils. (See
"Miscellaneous" Note above for apparatus and processes used
in the manufacture of electrical conductors, etc..)
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
19, Textiles: Fiber Preparation, especially subclass 145
for fiber liberation from natural sources by mechanical
treatment and the assembly of fibers to form slivers or webs.
(See Note, above, to Textile Working Operations)
28, Textiles: Manufacturing, for miscellaneous textile
operations not otherwise provided for. (See Note, above, to
Textile Working Operations)
29, Metal Working, 400.1, for processes of making
miscellaneous devices; particularly subclasses 402.01+ for
miscellaneous processes of repairing; subclass 461 for
spreading cable strands and joining the cable to another part
such as a driving block or to another cable; and subclasses
505+, particularly subclasses 518 and 519 for joining wire or
cable ends together by means of a deformed surrounding
sleeve. Search subclass 728 for apparatus for sheathing a
running-length core, e.g., a wire, not elsewhere classified.
(See note, above to Metal Working Operations.)
29, Metal Working, subclass 90.01 and 90.5 for smoothing,
compacting, polishing etc.., of bare or covered conductors or
other strands (analogous and related operations are set forth
in the notes to subclass 90.5 of Class 29), subclasses
592.1+, for processes for forming miscellaneous electrical
devices. (See "Miscellaneous" Note above for apparatus and
processes used in the manufacture of electrical conductors,
etc..)
30, Cutlery, 165 for wire cutting tools and implements. (See
"Miscellaneous" Note above for apparatus and processes used
in the manufacture of electrical conductors, etc..)
34, Drying and Gas or Vapor Contact With Solids, especially
245, 414, 419, 444, 466, 519, and 611+ for the drying of
sheets, webs or strands including conductors and cables. (See
"Miscellaneous" Note above for apparatus and processes used
in the manufacture of electrical conductors, etc..)
57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, especially 3,
33, 261, and 362 for the manufacture of conductors by
spinning or twisting or for covering or sheathing by
wrapping. (See Note, above, to Textile Working Operations)
65, Glass Manufacturing, 36 for a process of bonding glass
to a formed part by a glassworking operation; and subclasses
152+ for glassworking apparatus including fusion bonding
means; see the "Search Notes" under subclass 154. (See note,
above, to Coating, Covering And Sheathing.)
66, Textiles: Knitting, especially 9, 61, 80, and 83+ for
manufacturing or covering a conductor involving a knitting
apparatus. (See Note, above, to Textile Working Operations)
72, Metal Deforming, appropriate subclasses, for a method or
means for making a metal conductor by a mere metal working
operation, e.g., 253.1 for die-expressing an elongated metal
product, or 274+ for drawing a wire through a die. Sheathing
a core, e.g., a wire by extruding a metal blanket around it
is classified in subclasses 253.1+, and particularly subclass
268, this being the sole exception to the general rule that
assembly is excluded from Class 72. Other sheathing, even if
a metal working operation is involved, is in Class 29, Metal
Working. See the note above to Class 29. (See note, above
to Metal Working Operations.)
73, Measuring and Testing, subclass 40.5 for processes and
apparatus for testing for leaks in fluid filled cables. (See
"Miscellaneous" Note above for apparatus and processes used
in the manufacture of electrical conductors, etc..)
83, Cutting, appropriate subclasses, for method and apparatus
for cutting a wire or strand, a cable, or an object made up
of strands, or for cutting insulation from a wire. (See
"Miscellaneous" Note above for apparatus and processes used
in the manufacture of electrical conductors, etc..)
87, Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making, especially
subclass 1, 6, 23, and 29 for manufacturing or covering a
conductor involving braiding, netting or lace making. (See
Note, above, to Textile Working Operations)
111, Planting, subclass 5 for apparatus and methods for
planting pipe or cable. (See "Miscellaneous" Note above for
installing or laying conductors, etc..)
118, Coating Apparatus, subclass 420, and see the notes
thereto for apparatus for coating strand form work. (See
note, above, to Coating, Covering And Sheathing.)
134, Cleaning and Liquid Contact With Solids, particularly
subclass 9, 15, 38, 64, and 122 for cleaning strands
including the removal of insulating coating. (See
"Miscellaneous" Note above for apparatus and processes used
in the manufacture of electrical conductors, etc..)
139, Textiles: Weaving, for manufacturing or covering a
conductor involving a weaving operation. (See Note, above, to
Textile Working Operations)
140, Wireworking, especially subclass 71 and 149 for the
making of conductors involving wireworking. (See note, above
to Metal Working Operations.)
140, Wireworking, subclass 92.1 for forms and frames for
forming wire coils, such as armature coils, and subclass 147
for wire straightening. (See "Miscellaneous" Note above for
apparatus and processes used in the manufacture of electrical
conductors, etc..)
148, Metal Treatment, particularly 206 for processes of
carburizing or nitriding metal, utilizing an external source
of carbon or nitrogen, or subclasses 240+ for processes of
reactive coating a metal surface with an externally supplied
agent that combines with the metal substrate to provide a
coating thereon containing at least one element from said
metal substrate. (See note, above, to Coating, Covering And
Sheathing.)
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, particularly subclass
106 and 267+ for covering operations involving paper making
or fibrous pulp molding. (See note, above, to Coating,
Covering And Sheathing.)
164, Metal Founding, subclass 462 for methods of forming
conductors by a continuous metal casting operation and
subclasses 418+ for corresponding apparatus. (See note,
above to Metal Working Operations.)
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, appropriate
subclasses and notes (2) to (14) of the class definition
thereof. As between this class (156) and Class 174, the
article controls classification, i.e., patents claiming both
conductor structure and the method or apparatus for making it
will be classified in Class 174 and cross-referenced to Class
156. For a stock material product, not elsewhere provided
for, in the form of a rod, strand or fiber, having some
structural feature and an impregnation or core, or coated,
see 364 of Class 428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous
Articles. (See Note above to "Structure")
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, for coating by
electrophoresis or cathode sputtering. (See note, above, to
Coating, Covering And Sheathing.)
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, especially 138 for
coating by electrolysis. (See note, above, to Coating,
Covering And Sheathing.)
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, subclass 77 for
electroforming a metallic sheet, web, wire, or filament of
indeterminant length. (See "Miscellaneous" Note above for
apparatus and processes used in the manufacture of electrical
conductors, etc.)
219, Electric Heating, 603 and 50+ for making or covering
conductors involving electric heating and working of metal.
Note especially indented subclasses 59.1+ and 605. (See
note, above to Metal Working Operations.)
226, Advancing Material of Indeterminate Length, appropriate
subclasses for methods of, and apparatus for, feeding
material without utilizing the leading or trailing ends to
effect movement of the material. (See "Miscellaneous" Note
above for apparatus and processes used in the manufacture
of electrical conductors, etc..)
228, Metal Fusion Bonding, 126 for assembling and bonding
together a metal core and sheath. (See note, above to Metal
Working Operations.)
242, Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding, 430 for forming an
article by winding material onto a core and subclasses 470+
for winding strand material onto a spool for storage. (See
"Miscellaneous" Note above for apparatus and processes used
in the manufacture of electrical conductors, etc.)
254, Implements or Apparatus for Applying Pushing or Pulling
Force, 134.3 for placing cable on poles or in conduits.(See
"Miscellaneous" Note above for installing or laying
conductors, etc.)
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, appropriate subclasses, for processes within the
class definition, for molding or shaping plastic materials.
For forming indefinite length articles by extruding or
molding around strand-like or filament-like preforms, see
Class 264, 171.1. (See note, above, to Coating, Covering And
Sheathing.)
294, Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, especially
subclass 19.1 for hand and hoistline implements used in
placing pipe and cable.(See "Miscellaneous" Note above for
installing or laying conductors, etc.)
324, Electricity: Measuring and Testing, appropriate
subclasses for testing of conductors and insulation. (See
"Miscellaneous" Note above for apparatus and processes used
in the manufacture of electrical conductors, etc.)
405, Hydraulic and Earth Engineering, 154 for apparatus or
methods for laying cable or pipe. (See "Miscellaneous" Note
above for installing or laying conductors, etc.)
425, Plastic Article or Earthenware Shaping or Treating:
Apparatus, 113 for covering by apparatus extruding plastic
material about preform within a shaping cavity where the
external configuration of the product is diverse from that of
the preform. (See note, above, to Coating, Covering And
Sheathing.)
427, Coating Processes, 58 for processes of coating, per se,
wherein an electrical product is produced. (See note, above,
to Coating, Covering And Sheathing.)
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, appropriate
subclasses, for a stock material product, especially 364 for
a structurally defined or coated rod, strand or filament
which is useful as an electrode or as a filament for electric
lamps or other discharge devices, and subclasses 411.1+ and
615+ for nonmetallic and metallic composites, respectively,
defined in terms of the composition of their components. (See
"Miscellaneous" Note above for apparatus and processes used
in the manufacture of electrical conductors, etc.)
445, Electric Lamp or Space Discharge Component or Device
Manufacturing.
493, Manufacturing Container or Tube From Paper; or Other
Manufacturing From a Sheet or Web, 269 for making a paper
tube; and subclasses 405+ for making a folded paper article.
(See "Miscellaneous" Note above for apparatus and processes
used in the manufacture of electrical conductors, etc.)
Subclass:
48
This subclass is indented under subclass 47. Processes which
include flowing a substance to an enclosed cavity which is
associated with the conductor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
145 for encapsulating of permanently fluent material in
hollow or porous lamina or the filling of the space between
laminae subsequent to lamination.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
141, Fluent Material Handling, With Receiver or Receiver
Coacting Means, appropriate subclasses for filling
receivers.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, especially
subclass 15.1 for electrical cables including means to feed
or circulate a fluid therein.
Subclass:
49
This subclass is indented under subclass 47. Processes for
joining end-to-end of at least two conductors and/or their
coverings.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
157 for processes of joining in an end-to-end relationship
of indefinite length lamina not intended to provide a
conductive path between its ends.
502 for apparatus for joining flexible indefinite length
bodies end-to-end.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 592.1, for making of electrical devices,
not elsewhere classified.
57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, subclass 22,
23 and 362 for splicing strands by a twisting or twining
operation.
138, Pipes and Tubular Conduits, subclass 97, for processes
and apparatus for repairing leaks in pipes and hose,
including electric conduits.
140, Wireworking, 111, for other processes and devices for
joining or uniting wire.
164, Metal Founding, 91 for composite article forming by a
metal casting operation and particularly subclasses 108+ for
processes of uniting two preforms.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, subclass 21, 22
and 84+ for the structure of conductor joints.
219, Electric Heating, especially 50, 78.01, 136+, 148, 603+,
633, and 765+ for bonding by use of electric heat.
228, Metal Fusion Bonding, appropriate subclasses for joining
metals by a metallurgical bond as well as joining a metal to
a nonmetal and joining two nonmetals by use of a metallic
filler to effect a metallurgical bond. Joining a metal to a
metal, a metal to a nonmetal or a nonmetal to a nonmetal is
to be found in this class if the bond is effected with a
nonmetallic cement or by fusion of a nonmetal part.
249, Static Molds, 83 for molds for uniting a preform with
molding material.
289, Knots and Knot Tying, for mere tying of cords or
strands.
Subclass:
50
This subclass is indented under subclass 47. Processes which
include the distortion or shaping of the conductor itself.
(1) Note. Twisting, braiding and bending are some examples
of the type of conductor manipulations contemplated for this
subclass.
Subclass:
51
This subclass is indented under subclass 47. Processes which
include the step of applying a material about or over the
conductor of indeterminate-length.
(1) Note. Covering materials classified herein include
coatings applied as by an extrusion which may function as
insulation or for mechanical protection.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 517 for processes of joining a core to a
sheath by a deforming operation, subclass 525 for processes
of force fitting a core in a sheath, and subclasses 527.1+
for processes of casting and/or coating a layer on a core
followed by subsequent treatment of the cast or coated base.
228, Metal Fusion Bonding, 126 for encasing a core with a
sheath and bonding the parts together.
427, Coating Processes, 58 for coating processes, per se,
wherein an electrical product is produced.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, 615 for
metallic composite defined in terms of the composition of its
components.
Subclass:
52
This subclass is indented under subclass 51. Processes in
which the cover material is self-sustaining prior to its
application to the conductor.
Subclass:
53
This subclass is indented under subclass 52. Processes which
involves winding or folding the preformed material about the
conductor and/or conductor assembly to cover the conductor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
169 for processes of winding a filament.
184 for processes of winding a web or sheet.
425 and 443+, for apparatus for performing winding
operations.
Subclass:
54
This subclass is indented under subclass 53. Processes
directed to longitudinally bending the sheet material about
the conductor.
(1) Note. For a definition of longitudinal bending see the
definition of subclass 200 of this class.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
200 for processes of longitudinally bending running or
continuous length work.
Subclass:
55
This subclass is indented under subclass 53. Processes in
which two or more generally parallel spaced conductors or
conductor cables are wrapped or covered.
(1) Note. The conductors herein included may be separated
from each other merely by a covering already on one or more
of the conductors prior to their being jointly wrapped.
Subclass:
56
This subclass is indented under subclass 53. Processes
directed to sequentially applying at least two separate
covering materials to the conductor in which at least one
covering operation is by wrapping a sheet material about the
conductor.
(1) Note. Included within this subclass are processes which
involve the enclosing of the conductor with more than one
type of cover, e.g., tape and a coating.
Subclass:
57
This subclass is indented under subclass 1. Processes in
which a plant or animal or part thereof is bonded to a
support to maintain the natural appearance thereof.
(1) Note. The combination of coating a natural plant,
flower or biological specimen and then interposing the coated
specimen between glass plates is classified herein.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, subclass 94.11 for
reactive treatment of biological specimens.
47, Plant Husbandry, appropriate subclasses, for processes of
treating living plants.
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, appropriate subclasses, particularly 271.1 for
processes in which a body is embedded in or surrounded by
shaping material.
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, appropriate
subclasses for disinfecting, deodorizing, preserving, or
sterilizing therein provided.
427, Coating Processes, 4 for coating processes for coating
a plant member or animal specimen.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, 15 for an
article, in the form of a three-dimensional imitation or
treated natural product (e.g., fauna or flora).
Subclass:
58
This subclass is indented under subclass 1. Processes
directed to reproducing three dimensional objects by taking
photographs of the lineaments of said objects and (1)
employing said photographs as guides or templates to
mechanically reproduce the objects in three dimensions or (2)
assembling said photographs to thus reproduce the objects in
three dimensions.
(1) Note. The processes in this subclass generally include
the surrounding of the object with cameras which take
photographs of the object from the various directions and
then using the resultant photographs in proper sequence to
reproduce the three dimensional object.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
59 for processes of producing relief or intaglio
representations of three dimensional objects which do not
include the taking of a photograph of the object.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, appropriate subclasses, for processes within the
class definition, for shaping plastic materials.
430, Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition, or
Product Thereof, appropriate subclasses for radiation imagery
processes, per se.
Subclass:
59
This subclass is indented under subclass 1. Processes for
making reproductions of three dimensional objects, which
reproductions simulate the original object in appearance but
not in function, and are shaped to approximate the contours
of the objects, but not the full depth or front to back
dimension.
(1) Note. The articles produced for this subclass are
shaped for representation on the facing surface only. Thus
the reproduction effect is apparent when the article is
viewed from a single plane only.
(2) Note. Where the manufacturing operations are, per se,
classified in some other class, the patent is there
classified even though the article may be a representation.
Thus, for example, Class 264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article
Shaping or Treating: Processes, in appropriate subclasses
provides for the shaping or molding of plastic materials to
make reproductions, etc..
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
58 for processes involving the taking of photographs of
three dimensional objects and the employment of said
photographs to make reproductions of the objects.
196 for processes of laminating combined with processes of
permanently bending, reshaping or embossing of
self-sustaining lamina.
250 for processes of laminating combined with cutting.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, appropriate subclasses
for producing dyed designs on textiles and 114 for processes
for producing ornamental effects on textile materials there
provided for.
29, Metal Working, for miscellaneous processes of mechanical
manufacture which may result in the production of a
representation. With respect to representation making, the
line with Class 29 is as follows: Class 29 takes combined
processes including metal working steps where no laminating
is recited in the claims. Where adhesive bonding is present
the line is that set out between the two classes in section
"A. Bonding And/Or Assembly Therefor, " above in the class
definition of Class 156.
33, Geometrical Instruments, 2 for processes for laying out
patterns for apparel making.
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, subclass 616 for
relief or intaglio signs.
43, Fishing, Trapping, and Vermin Destroying, subclass 42.53
for processes for making artificial bait.
65, Glass Manufacturing, 66 for a process of forming an
article from molten glass.
69, Leather Manufactures, appropriate subclasses for
processes for finishing cloth to produce ornamental effects
and 21 for leather working processes there provided for.
82, Turning, 11 and 18+ for pattern controlled turning
operations.
83, Cutting, appropriate subclasses for cutting operations,
per se.
101, Printing, subclass 32 for embossing processes.
125, Stone Working, appropriate subclasses for working stone
there provided for.
144, Woodworking, 329 for a method of woodworking to produce
relief or intaglio representations, particularly subclass 358
for a method of embossing wood.
164, Metal Founding, appropriate subclasses for procuring
reproductions by casting metal.
199, Type Casting, appropriate subclasses for type casting.
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, appropriate subclasses
especially 67 and 120+ for electrolytic methods of producing
relief and intaglio surfaces.
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, appropriate subclasses, for processes within the
class definitions, for shaping or molding plastic materials,
per se, see particularly 220.
409, Gear Cutting, Milling, or Planing, appropriate
subclasses for a pattern controlled milling, broaching, or
planing operation; particularly 79 and 289+.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, 15 for an
article, in the form of a three-dimensional imitation or
treated natural product (e.g., fauna or flora).
433, Dentistry, subclass 213 for a wax modeling in dentistry
processes.
434, Education and Demonstration, 81 for processes for
drawing, painting or sculpturing processes in which some aid,
or guide is provided for the artisan.
451, Abrading, for an abrading process for producing an
ornamental effect.
Subclass:
60
This subclass is indented under subclass 1. Processes
involving bonding or joining discrete juxtaposed lamina or
spaced juxtaposed areas of a single lamina by adherence or
coherence at the interface of the juxtaposed areas.
(1) Note. The adherence is usually accomplished by
application of an adhesive composition to one or both parts
and the coherence by rendering the one or both parts tacky,
usually by solvent, heat, externally applied or the residual
heat retained by the part from a previous operation.
(2) Note. The term "adhesive" is that body of material
which adheres to each of the parts being secured and which
has no structural or functional characteristic other than to
facilitate or effect joiner of the parts.
(3) Note. This and the indented subclasses include patents
which claim only assembly of parts previously coated with
adhesive. See sections "A. Bonding And/Or Assembly Therefor"
and "B. Laminating Combined With Other Operations" of the
class definition of this class for the lines with other
classes.
(4) Note. Processes of adhesively uniting together at least
two lamina which (1) do not define by name the adhesive
employed and (2) do not define a manipulative procedure of
uniting provided for below are classified herein. In this
subclass may be found, for example, patents distinguished
only by the composition of the particular laminae joined.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
228, Metal Fusion Bonding, appropriate subclasses for joining
parts by a metallurgical bond.
Subclass:
61
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
directed to the making of artificial reproductions of
naturally occurring objects.
(1) Note. The processes in this subclass are generally
related to making artificial reproductions of such naturally
occurring objects as animals, plants, flowers, trees, pearls,
etc., wherein the reproduction itself is made by a laminating
step. Merely making a picture of such object and laminating
said picture to a backing is not included in this subclass.
(2) Note. Such items as inflatable toys in the shape of
various animals are included in this subclass if a laminating
step is involved in the making of said toy.
(3) Note. Operations which are, per se, classifiable in
other classes are there provided for even though a
reproduction is made of a product of nature. Thus, for
example, molding a product of nature from plastic is
generally provided for in Class 264, Plastics and Nonmetallic
Article Shaping or Treating: Process.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
59 for processes for making relief or intaglio
representations of three dimensional objects and see
especially the notes thereto for the locus of other
operations for shaping particular objects.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, 15 for an
article, in the form of a three-dimensional imitation or
treated natural product (e.g., fauna or flora).
Subclass:
62
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with a step of (1) sketching, designing or
diagraming by a hand operation on a material or (2) carving
by hand operation figures, letters or devices on a material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
250 277 and 278+, for processes of coating or engraving other
than by a hand operation.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
83, Cutting, subclass 861 for processes of cutting other
than completely through work thickness or through work
presented.
427, Coating Processes, 256 for nonuniform coating
processes, and note especially subclass 260 for utilizing a
hand-held brush or absorbent applicator.
434, Education and Demonstration, 81 for processes involving
drawing, sculpturing or painting there provided for.
Subclass:
62.2
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes which
include forming a lamina by assembling individually distinct
particulate material from a fluent mass and adhesively
bonding the particles to each other and then uniting the
lamina thus formed to itself or another lamina.
(1) Note. The distinguishing characteristic of this
subclass is that the material used in forming the lamina is
handled as a fluent mass as differing from those processes in
which each particle is individually handled or positioned.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
279 for processes under subclass 60 combined with the step
of mass application of nonadhesive fibers or particles to the
surface of a lamina not including the step of forming a
self-supporting batt or body.
369 for apparatus for forming self-sustaining webs or bodies
of particulate material.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, 109 for processes of forming articles from
particulate material when not combined with a subsequent
laminating step.
419, Powder Metallurgy Processes, 61 for processes for
making articles from particulate metal containing materials
using pressure only.
Subclass:
62.4
This subclass is indented under subclass 62.2. Processes
which include the step of (1) forming the discrete fibers
from molten plastic material (2) cutting of filaments to
produce fibers approximating in length the staple fibers of
natural origin or (3) liberating bonded fibers from a fiber
containing material.
(1) Note. Glass is considered a plastic material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
370 for apparatus for forming self sustaining bodies
combined with means to form particles or means to liberate
particles.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
65, Glass Manufacturing, 376 for processes of forming fiber
or filaments from molten glass; subclasses 484+ for glass
fiber or filament forming apparatus.
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, 115 for formation of particles other than glass
combined with a molding operation.
Subclass:
62.6
This subclass is indented under subclass 62.2. Processes
which include the step of distorting and portion of the
lamina with respect to another portion such that said
portions are in contact and bonded together.
Subclass:
62.8
This subclass is indented under subclass 62.2. Processes in
which both lamina have been formed by bonding of individually
distinct particulate material only.
Subclass:
63
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
directed to bonding by hand operation at least two parts of
different colors or shaped to each other or to another part,
which bonded parts form an ornamental pattern.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
264 and 297+, for processes of assembling plural discrete
lamina to each other or to a single face of an additional
lamina.
Subclass:
64
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with the step of sampling, visually, chemically or
physically determining some chemical or physical property or
characteristic of the lamina a part of a lamina to be joined
or of the adhesive employed to bond the laminae together.
(1) Note. The sampling or determination of a property or
characteristic of a lamina may be by a visual inspection or
by determining the chemical or physical property by chemical
test or by some mechanical testing apparatus.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
378 for laminating apparatus combined with testing,
measuring and indicating means.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclass 407 for processes which include
a step of testing or of indicating combined with a step of
mechanical manufacture.
73, Measuring and Testing, for processes of determining
physical properties of a lamina to be joined or of the
adhesive not combined with assembly and/or joining.
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, subclass 49 and 198
for processes of measuring, testing and/or inspecting
combined with a paper making operation.
436, Chemistry: Analytical and Immunological Testing, 1 for
processes of chemical testing not combined with assembly
and/or joining.
Subclass:
65
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes which
involve positioning at least two laminae side by side and out
of contact with each other and assembling each of the opposed
sides which lie in the same plane of laminae to a face of an
additional lamina such that the additional laminae are
entirely out of facial contact.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
265 and 297+, for processes of joining plural discrete
laminae to a single face of an additional lamina.
Subclass:
66
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes in
which one of the lamina secured to another lamina is a
securing device or a device capable of mechanically joining
the assembly to another part.
(1) Note. The securing devices include, for example,
buttons, hooks and eyes, slide fasteners.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
91 for processes of assembling laminae by mechanical joining
means in addition to utilization of an adhesive.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, 265 for methods of attaching buttons or other
fasteners to apparel not involving use of an adhesive.
112, Sewing, 406 for a web or sheet having a fastener sewn
thereto, and subclasses 475.14+ for a method of attaching a
fastener to a base by sewing.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, 99 for a
stock material product resulting from the process of this
subclass (66).
Subclass:
67
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes which
include the step of applying a phosphorescent, fluorescent
and/or luminescent substance to either a lamina and/or
adhesive or utilizing at least one lamina and/or adhesive
containing such substance.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
250, Radiant Energy, 483.1 for devices including fluorescent
or phosphorescent material in layer form.
252, Compositions, 301.16 - 301.6+ for compositions
exhibiting fluorescent or phosphorescent effects.
427, Coating Processes, subclass 157 for processes of
coating utilizing a fluorescent or phosphorescent coating
material.
Subclass:
68
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with the step of removing the hairy covering or coat
from the skin of animals either prior to or subsequent to
removal of the skin or pelt from the carcass of the animal.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
19, Textiles: Fiber Preparation, subclass 2 for the freeing
of fibers by mechanical means from the skin of animals.
69, Leather Manufactures, 21 for processes of treating hides
and skins. See (2) Note of subclass 21 for the line between
this class (69) and Class 156.
Subclass:
69
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes for
bonding a cover to a receptacle.
(1) Note. The receptacle for this subclass is one having
utility for containing goods or other material or for
shipping purposes.
(2) Note. The processes in this subclass are not combined
with a packaging step but relative to the formation of the
package. For the combination, see the search notes below.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
53, Package Making, 476 for processes of closing a
receptacle subsequent to filling thereof with goods or
materials or to a filled receptacle.
Subclass:
70
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes which
involves assembling a part within or between bonded lamina
the outer laminae being bonded in a manner to provide a
tolerance of fit between the enclosed part and the outer
laminae sufficient to permit changing the position of the
enclosed part with respect to the bonded laminae.
(1) Note. The enclosing of a drawstring within the space
between bonded laminae is one example within the scope of
this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
228 for processes of enclosing a spherical part between
semi-spherical shells.
300 for processes of enclosing a plurality of discrete
laminae between plural laminae in which the discrete lamina
is bonded to one of the plural laminae.
383 for laminating apparatus including means to encase a
separate nonadhered part between adhered lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 434 for processes of retaining clearance
for motion between assembled parts.
53, Package Making, subclass 449 and 461 for processes of
encasing a wrapper or wrappers about goods or materials.
Subclass:
71
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes in
which a lamina is associated with a static building
structure.
(1) Note. The lamina in this subclass may be wall paper and
the building structure may be a wall of a building to which
the wall paper is adhesively united.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), 390 for a structure
having an adhered tile type and subclasses 745.01+ for a
process of erection or assembly of a building or building
component involving more than merely adhering a preformed
sheet form member to a surface.
Subclass:
72
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes which
involves bonding a cluster of flexible parts, to a sheetlike
lamina by causing each cluster to penetrate within the
surface of the bonding medium or lamina to maintain the
cluster and sheet in assembled relationship.
(1) Note. Processes of bonding tufts to a backing to form a
pile fabric are classified herein.
(2) Note. The flexible parts for this subclass may be hair,
feathers, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
63 for processes of manually arranging different colored or
shaped discrete elements on to a backing to form a design.
297 for processes of bonding plural discrete laminae to a
single face of an additional lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
28, Textiles: Manufacturing, 159 for processes for pile
tufting other than by bonding.
300, Brush, Broom, and Mop Making, subclass 21 for processes
of making a brush, broom or mop which may include a
laminating operation.
Subclass:
73.1
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes which
include the step of imparting rapid oscillation at a
frequency of greater than 10 cycles per second to at least
one of the laminae or adhesive either prior, during or
subsequent to formation of the laminate.
(1) Note. The vibration may be effected for the purpose of
spreading particulate material, elimination of air pockets in
the adhesive, imparting energy to the laminae to cause
softening and bonding, etc.
Subclass:
73.2
This subclass is indented under subclass 73.1. Processes
wherein at least one lamina has a width and thickness of the
same order of magnitude and length considerably greater than
the width or thickness.
Subclass:
73.3
This subclass is indented under subclass 73.1. Processes
wherein at least one lamina is severed by use of a vibratory
force of at least 10 cycles per second.
Subclass:
73.4
This subclass is indented under subclass 73.1. Processes
wherein two laminae each having both length and width much
greater than thickness are joined along an edge.
(1) Note. The edges of the laminae may overlap providing
the area of overlap is small compared to the area of the
laminae.
Subclass:
73.5
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
including a step of generating heat to effect bonding by
either rapid relative motion of the contacting faces of the
laminae or by the rapid relative motion of a separate part
contacting the laminae.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclass 470.3 for processes of welding
metal by friction.
Subclass:
73.6
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
including a step of imparting a rapid oscillation or to and
fro movement to at least one of the laminae or adhesive at a
rate of less than 10 cycles per second either prior to,
during or after the formation of a sandwich.
(1) Note. The vibration may be effected for any purpose
including the spreading of particulate material, elimination
of air pockets in the adhesive, etc.
Subclass:
74
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes which
includes the rotation of a workpiece to cause application of
centrifugal force to the bonding medium and/or a workpiece
which force acts in a direction outwardly of the center of
rotation.
(1) Note. The force applied to the lamina may be to effect
its separation from a forming surface, to distribute the
bonding medium, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, particularly 8, 114, 270, and 311 for processes
within the class definition, which employ centrifugal force
in the shaping or molding of ceramic materials.
427, Coating Processes, for processes of coating utilizing
centrifugal force.
Subclass:
75
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
including a step of regulating the weight distribution of a
product about a pivot point.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
73, Measuring and Testing, 66 for measuring or testing, per
se, to determine the unbalance of a rotating body.
Subclass:
76
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with the step of treating at least one lamina
composed of cellulosic material with a reagent either to
alter the surface characteristic of the lamina such that it
simulates the skin of an animal or alter the normally opaque
quality of the lamina such that it has the property of
transmitting rays of light.
(1) Note. The reagent may be Zn C1[subscrpt]2[end
subscrpt], H[subscrpt]2[end subscrpt] SO[subscrpt]4[end
subscrpt], etc.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, 118 for processes of
transparentizing or parchmentizing cellulosic fibers not
combined with a liminating procedure.
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, subclass 187, for
processes combined with the step of gelatinizing paper.
Subclass:
77
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
including the step of forming pores or other type of open
space in situ within a lamina during or subsequent to its
formation.
(1) Note. The mechanical formation of pores within a
lamina, e.g., perforating, is not within the scope of this
and indented subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
65, Glass Manufacturing, subclass 20 for a process of
foaming of slag, and subclass 22 for a glassworking or
treating process including a step of pore forming in situ.
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, subclass 122, 601+,
and 672+ for processes of making coating or plastic
compositions including a step forming pores in situ in the
composition.
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, subclass 101 for the
step of pore forming combined with a paper making operation.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, 304.4 for a
composition stock material web or sheet including a porous or
cellular component.
501, Compositions: Ceramic, subclass 39 and 80+ for
pore-forming ceramic compositions.
521, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubber, 50 for
pore-forming, per se, in a synthetic resin composition.
Subclass:
78
This subclass is indented under subclass 77. Processes in
which the step of forming the pores is effected by
introducing a gas under pressure to the interior of at least
one lamina or by generating a gas in-situ within such
lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
516, Colloid Systems and Wetting Agents; Subcombinations
Thereof; Processes of Making, Stabilizing, Breaking, or
Inhibiting, 10 for foam colloid systems or agents for such
systems or making or stabilizing such systems or agents, when
generically claimed or when there is no hierarchically
superior provision in the USPC for the specifically claimed
art.
Subclass:
79
This subclass is indented under subclass 78. Processes in
which the step of foaming occurs after assembling of at least
two laminae to form a sandwich.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
516, Colloid Systems and Wetting Agents; Subcombinations
Thereof; Processes of Making, Stabilizing, Breaking, or
Inhibiting, 10 for foam colloid systems or agents for such
systems or making or stabilizing such systems or agents, when
generically claimed or when there is no hierarchically
superior provision in the USPC for the specifically claimed
art.
Subclass:
80
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes in
which the work is chilled to a temperature below that of the
normal working temperature of the surrounding atmosphere.
(1) Note. The removal of heat usually effects a change of
phase of a constituent part of the lamina and/or adhesive,
e.g., solidification of a material which is normally in the
liquid state under ambient conditions.
(2) Note. Mere cooling of a previously heated workpiece to
cause it to return to normal temperature is not included
here, to be classified here the workpiece must be chilled to
below normal temperatures.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
282 and 311, for other processes involving a cooling step.
498 for laminating apparatus provided with means to cool the
work.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
62, Refrigeration, appropriate subclasses for refrigeration
processes and apparatus.
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, subclass 54 which
includes the step of freezing liquid employed in the fiber
liberation or treatment.
Subclass:
81
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with the step of converting a material contained
within a hollow imperforate body or lamina to a liquid or gas
which is permanently retained within the hollow body in the
liquid or gas state.
Subclass:
82
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes which
include the step of physically contacting the surface of a
lamina with a body of burning gas or vapor, e.g., flame.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
497 for laminating apparatus combined with flame contact
means for the work.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, subclass 140 for
processes of singling or carbonizing of textiles.
65, Glass Manufacturing, subclass 120 for a process for
flame treating a glass preform; and see the collection of
"Search Notes" thereunder.
118, Coating Apparatus, subclass 47 for apparatus for
subjecting a surface to a flame.
144, Woodworking, 329 for flame treatment of wood.
427, Coating Processes, 223 for coating processes including
contacting the base or coating with a flame.
Subclass:
83
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
including a step of treating a lamina to cause it to expand
or increase in volume.
(1) Note. The swelling may be effected by, for example,
absorption of a solvent by the material of the lamina thereby
causing expansion thereof. Merely subjecting a lamina to an
external force such as a compressive force in one direction
to cause it to elongate in another direction is not subject
matter for this subclass, nor is subjecting matter for this
subclass, nor is subjecting the lamina to tension to cause
it to elongate. Inflating a hollow article is also excluded
in that the laminae material does not swell.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
147 for inflating a hollow core.
156 for fluid pressure used to prevent collapse of a hollow
core.
229 for distorting a workpiece by stretching.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, subclass 114, 130.1+ and
175 for processes of treating textiles with chemicals, e.g.,
swelling agents.
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, subclass 187 for
processes of hydration or gelatinization combined with a
paper making operation.
Subclass:
84
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with the step of treating the material of which the
lamina is composed to decrease the volume of the material.
(1) Note. The shrinking of the material of the lamina
usually occurs by contacting the material with a liquid agent
which is either (1) a constituent of the composition of the
material or (2) is from an external source followed by the
step of heating of the material containing the liquid.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
76 for processes of shrinking a lamina in which
parchmentizing or transparentizing also occurs.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, 116 for processes
including a shrinking operation.
Subclass:
85
This subclass is indented under subclass 84. Processes in
which the step of shrinking of the lamina occurs after
associating of at least two lamina.
Subclass:
86
This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Processes in
which the step of shrinking a lamina occurs while the lamina
is associated with a cylindrical or spherical body.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
165 170, 186, 187+, and 212+, for processes in which one of
the laminae has the shape of a cylinder or sphere.
Subclass:
87
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with the step of providing at least one lamina with
passageways or channels to discharge gases generated or
entrapped at the interface to the atmosphere.
Subclass:
88
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
including a step of selectively bonding strands or fibers at
the edges only of a textile material to prevent unraveling or
fraying of the strands or fibers.
Subclass:
89.11
With vitrification or firing ceramic material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes which
include the step or heating a ceramic material of which the
lamina and/or coating is composed to a temperature sufficient
to vitrify or fire the material.
(1) Note. The firing may be of a decorative vitreous layer
subsequent to its application to another lamina in a direct
transfer operation to remove the backing sheet, usually by
burning
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
65, Glass Manufacturing, 33.1 for processes including the
devitrification of glass or the vitrification of crystalline
glass; subclasses 36+ for methods of bonding glass to glass
or glass to metal involving a glass working step.
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, particularly subclass 30, 31+, 43, 600+, and 125.
427, Coating Processes, 331 for coating processes including
post-treatment of a coating and note especially subclass
376.1 for heat fusion of an inorganic coating.
Subclass:
89.12
Forming electrical article or component thereof:
This subclass is indented under subclass 89.11. Subject
matter wherein the product formed has disclosed utility as an
electrical device or component.
Subclass:
89.13
Elemental carbon containing (e.g., graphite, etc..):
This subclass is indented under subclass 89.12. Subject
matter wherein the product formed contains carbon in
elemental form; i.e., not in the form of a carbon compound.
Subclass:
89.14
Inorganic titanate compound containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 89.12. Subject
matter wherein the product formed contains an inorganic
titanate compound; e.g., solid solutions of titanium dioxide
with other metallic oxides, etc.
Subclass:
89.15
Nitride compound containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 89.12. Subject
matter wherein the product formed contains a binary compound
of nitrogen; e.g., BN, etc.
Subclass:
89.16
Elemental metal or alloy containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 89.12. Subject
matter wherein the product formed contains free metal or a
union of two or more metals.
Subclass:
89.17
Silver containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 89.16. Subject
matter wherein the metal or alloy contains silver (Ag).
Subclass:
89.18
Copper containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 89.16. Subject
matter wherein the metal or alloy contains copper (Cu).
Subclass:
89.19
Tungsten containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 89.16. Subject
matter wherein the metal or alloy contains tungsten (W).
Subclass:
89.21
Molybdenum containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 89.16. Subject
matter wherein the metal or alloy contains molybdenum (Mo).
Subclass:
89.22
Honeycomb-like:
This subclass is indented under subclass 89.11. Subject
matter wherein the product formed contains a layer or
component including either discrete elements (e.g. tubular
constituents) or components which form or cooperate to form
cavities the longitudinal axes of which are at an angle to
the plane of the web or sheet.
Subclass:
89.23
With wax or wax-like processing aid:
This subclass is indented under subclass 89.11. Subject
matter wherein a waxy material of natural or synthetic
nature; e.g., ester type wax, hydrocarbon wax, etc. is
utilized in processing or formulating the product.
Subclass:
89.24
Coloring agent containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 89.11. Subject
matter wherein the product formed contains a component having
tinctorial properties.
Subclass:
89.25
Elemental carbon containing (e.g., graphite, etc..):
This subclass is indented under subclass 89.11. Subject
matter wherein the product formed contains carbon in
elemental form; i.e., not in the form of a carbon compound.
Subclass:
89.26
Carbon fibers or filaments:
This subclass is indented under subclass 89.25. Subject
matter wherein the carbon has a shape such that the length is
considerably greater than its width; e.g., whiskers, etc.
Subclass:
89.27
Nitride compound containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 89.11. Subject
matter wherein the product formed contains a binary compound
of nitrogen; e.g., BN, etc.
Subclass:
-2
89. 28 Elemental metal or alloy containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 89.11. Subject
matter wherein the product formed contains free metal or a
union of two or more metals.
Subclass:
90
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes which
includes the step of providing at least one lamina with a
material to prevent exudation or flowing of an ingredient
from one lamina into contact with another lamina.
(1) Note. The material utilized as the barrier may be a
coating, another lamina or an ingredient of one of the
lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
289 for processes of utilizing a parting or release material
to prevent adhesion of several laminae.
323 for processes of interposing subsequently removed
flexible element between lamina and pressure surface.
Subclass:
91
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with the step of mechanically securing of the parts
to be joined with a mechanical fastener which constitutes a
permanent part of the final product.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
227, Elongated-Member-Driving Apparatus, subclass 14 for
apparatus for applying an adhesive coating to workpieces to
be assembled as well as a member, e.g., nail.
228, Metal Fusion Bonding, 135 for the process of surface
bonding at least two parts metallurgically, combined with
supplemental mechanical fastening.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, subclass 223
for a plural layer web or sheet with an interlaminar
fasteners.
Subclass:
92
This subclass is indented under subclass 91. Processes in
which the step of mechanical securing of the parts is by
causing elongated or thin elements to penetrate through the
parts to maintain them in assembled relationship.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 432.
Subclass:
93
This subclass is indented under subclass 92. Processes in
which the penetrating of the parts to be assembled is by
threads or other flexible strands.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclass 433 for processes of assembling
parts by passing a narrow attenuated member through a series
of parts and subclass 241 for corresponding apparatus for
stringing parts.
112, Sewing, 475.01 for processes of assembling parts by
stitching operations not combined with the step of
laminating.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, 102 for a
plural layer stock material product involving a combination
of sewing and coating or bonding.
Subclass:
94
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes which
are (1) combined with the step of recovering material
utilized in a previous laminating procedure and/or (2)
directed to restoring or rebuilding a damaged or defective
article or material by a laminating procedure.
(1) Note. The recovered material may be a constituent used
in a laminating procedure, e.g., lamina or constituent of an
adhesive or a reject from a previous laminating operation.
(2) Note. The repaired or reclaimed article may have the
same or different utility than that processed by the article
prior to its reclamation or repair.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 402.01 for processes of repairing by
operations provided for in this class (29).
65, Glass Manufacturing, subclass 28 for a glassworking or
treating process which includes the step of reclaiming,
renewing, repairing or crack run interruption of glass.
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, 36.1 for repairing or restoring articles for use
and subclass 30 for furnace lining formation or repair.
427, Coating Processes, 140 for processes of restoring or
repairing by a coating operation.
429, Chemistry: Electrical Current Producing Apparatus,
Product, and Process, subclass 49 for battery with repair
feature.
520, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, appropriate
subclasses, particularly Class 523, subclass 166 for a
composition containing a synthetic resin or natural rubbers
having utility as a puncture sealant for a pneumatic tire or
for use in emergency repair of vehicular tires or to
processes of preparing said composition.
Subclass:
95
This subclass is indented under subclass 94. Processes in
which the article reclaimed, repaired or renewed is of
toroidal shape.
(1) Note. See subclass 110.1 of this class (156) for a
definition of the scope of the expression "toroidal shape".
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
81, Tools, 15.2, 15.3 and 15.4 for portable tools used in
repairing resilient vehicle tires.
Subclass:
96
This subclass is indented under subclass 95. Processes which
are directed to the step of cementing an entirely new tread
of camelback upon the worn or damaged surface of a pneumatic
tire.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
157, Wheelwright Machines, subclass 13 for processes for
treating the outer surface of a tire casing by cutting,
lacerating and/or rasping to prepare the surface for
retreading.
451, Abrading, for an abrading process performed on a tire
casing or for an apparatus for performing an abrading process
on a tire casing.
Subclass:
97
This subclass is indented under subclass 95. Processes
directed to repairing a tire or tube which has been rendered
useless by accidental formation of an opening in the tire or
tube.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
115 for the step of applying puncture sealing material to
the casing of a pneumatic tire.
Subclass:
98
This subclass is indented under subclass 94. Processes
combined with the step of removing a marred or imperfect
portion of a material prior to repairing.
Subclass:
99
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes which
are directed to joining in face to face adhesive contact at
least two laminae having a glass composition by adhesive
interlayer in which the lamina and interlayer have the
property of transmitting rays of light so that bodies can be
seen therethrough.
(1) Note. This and indented subclasses is residual to
treatments, per se, of laminated glass sandwiches not
provided for in this or other classes, e.g., edge sealing,
per se, as provided for in subclass 107 of this class (156).
(2) Note. The sandwich is optically transparent through the
adhered areas as distinguished from air spaced lamina adhered
at the edges only of subclass 109 below.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
344 for processes of delaminating glass sandwiches not
combined with a laminating procedure.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
65, Glass Manufacturing, 36 for a process of, and subclasses
152+ for apparatus for bonding glass to a preformed part by a
glassworking operation; see the "Search Notes" thereunder.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, subclass 38
for a light transmissive mass (which could comprise plural
layers) having a frame or opaque border therearound (e.g.,
stained glass) and subclasses 426+ for a plural layer stock
material product including a layer of glass.
Subclass:
100
This subclass is indented under subclass 99. Processes in
which the glass lamina and/or interlayer have their surfaces
provided with (1) at least two different colors, (2) a single
color in a restricted area or (3) a single color varying in
intensity or gradation.
(1) Note. Utilization of at least two differently colored
glass laminae is within the scope of this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, subclass 134 for
processes of treating paper to provide it with a variegated
color combined with a paper making procedure.
427, Coating Processes, 258 for coating processes including
forming superposed diverse nonuniform coatings on a base and
note especially subclasses 266 to 269 for utilizing a glass
base.
Subclass:
101
This subclass is indented under subclass 99. Processes
combined with the step of (1) cutting the glass lamina and/or
interlayer; (2) applying stress and/or strain to a glass
lamina and/or interlayer to cause its separation thereof into
parts; or (3) separating a portion of the interlayer from
between the glass lamina.
(1) Note. The expression "cutting" in the definition of
this subclass has the same meaning as defined in the class
definition of Class 83.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
247 for processes of stripping an adhered lamina. The
lamina for the purposes of subclasses 247+ may be a coating
or a preform.
250 for processes of cutting without regard to the
composition of the lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
65, Glass Manufacturing, subclass 56 for a process of
bonding glass to a formed part by a glassworking operation
combined with a step of cutting, perforating or breaking.
83, Cutting, 13 and 861 for processes of cutting not
provided for elsewhere; see the search notes.
Subclass:
102
This subclass is indented under subclass 99. Processes
combined with the step of mechanically changing the shape,
dimension or surface characteristic of the glass lamina
and/or interlayer.
(1) Note. Stretching, embossing and roughening of the
surface of the glass lamina and/or interlayer are operations
within the scope of this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
160 184+, 196+, and 229, for other deforming processes and
the search notes appended thereto.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
65, Glass Manufacturing, 54 for a process of bonding glass
to a formed part by a glassworking operation including a step
of reshaping a glass preform prior to assembly or subsequent
to bonding.
Subclass:
103
This subclass is indented under subclass 99. Processes
including the step of applying separate and distinct forces
of different magnitude at separate times to a glass
sandwich.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
312 for processes of applying sequential different pressures
without regard to the composition of the lamina.
Subclass:
104
This subclass is indented under subclass 99. Processes
including the step of removing air from between the
contacting faces of the glass laminae.
(1) Note. The air is removed usually by vacuum treatment
and for the purpose of perfecting the bond between the glass
lamina and interlayer.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
286 for similar processes without regard to composition of
the lamina.
382 for laminating apparatus including means for enclosing
work in an evacuated chamber.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
65, Glass Manufacturing, subclass 34 for a process of
glassworking which includes the step of sealing off of a gas
evacuating opening, and subclass 270 for glassworking
apparatus including means for glass envelope tipping off with
or without exhausting means.
Subclass:
105
This subclass is indented under subclass 99. Processes
including the step of applying an external force to the
exterior faces of a glass sandwich by applying a fluid
thereto under pressure.
(1) Note. The fluid may be liquid or gaseous, which, if the
latter, must be greater than atmospheric.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
285 for processes of applying fluid under pressure during a
laminating operation.
382 for laminating apparatus including means to apply fluid
pressure to the work.
Subclass:
106
This subclass is indented under subclass 99. Processes in
which the adhesive interlayer used to bond the glass lamina
is a self-supporting film prior to association with the
lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
306 for processes of autogenous bonding and/or utilizing
preformed bonding agent.
Subclass:
107
This subclass is indented under subclass 99. Processes which
are directed to filling a groove around the edges and between
a pair of glass laminae with a calking or sealing material.
(1) Note. Calking or sealing operations, per se, are
classified herein even though not combined with step of
assembly.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
48 for processes of sealing electrical conductors.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
114, Ships, subclass 86 for methods of filling or closing
seams between planks.
425, Plastic Article or Earthenware Shaping or Treating:
Apparatus, subclass 123 for composite product making by
means supporting plural preforms in spaced relation in a
molding cavity.
Subclass:
108
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes in
which a lamina having the property of transmitting rays of
light is secured over an aperture in a separate lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
252 for processes of laminating including the step of
forming an opening in a lamina.
Subclass:
109
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes which
are directed to bonding at least two transparent members
while maintained in spaced relationship to each other.
(1) Note. The product produced by the processes herein is
usually a window which has an evacuated space between the
transparent members.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
292 for processes of bonding of laminae having opposed
facing areas out of contact.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
65, Glass Manufacturing, subclass 58 for a process of
bonding glass to a formed part by a glassworking operation in
which the parts have opposed facing areas out of contact.
228, Metal Fusion Bonding, subclass 121 for the process of
bonding nonmetals (e.g., glass panes) with molten metal
cement.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, subclass 34
for a product in the form of plural, air-spaced layers of
transparent or translucent materials sealed at their edges.
Subclass:
110.1
Making flexible or resilient toroidal shape; e.g., tire,
inner tube, etc.:
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Process for the
manufacture of resilient or flexible ring-like body which
body is uniquely adapted to be resilient without distortion
from its general toroidal shape.
(1) Note. The majority of the art in this subclass relates
to processes for making vehicle tires and innertubes, but the
subclasses are not so limited. The manufacture of other
similar structures by adhesive bonding, e.g., an "O-ring"
gasket, may be found here if toroidal in shape and
resilient.
(2) Note. As a corollary to the above, a process for
adhering rubber or rubber-like materials, where achieving a
toroidal shape plays no part in the process, is excluded from
this and indented subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
64 for a tire-making process which involves testing,
measuring or inspecting.
95 for a process for repairing an object which has a
toroidal shape.
136 for tire bead-ring making by a process of this class.
307.1 for a method of adhering together rubber materials
through vulcanization, where the method is not restricted to
materials having a toroidal shape.
394 for tire building apparatus.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
26, Textiles: Cloth Finishing, appropriate subclasses
especially subclass 54 and 63 for methods of stretching
endless bands for use in tires when not claimed in
combination with an assembly step.
28, Textiles: Manufacturing, 165 for treatment, e.g.,
shrinking, of a thread-interlaced article of fabric.
29, Metal Working, subclass 22 for a tire upsetting,
cutting, punching, etc.., process or apparatus; subclass
159.1 for a tire manufacturing process which does not include
a step of adhesive bonding, molding, vulcanizing, etc. and
subclass 426.1 for a disassembly process.
73, Measuring and Testing, 863 for a method of preparing a
sample of a tire component for a test.
141, Fluent Material Handling, With Receiver or Receiver
Coacting Means, appropriate subclasses, for filling tires
with a liquid which does not undergo a chemical reaction or a
change in physical state.
152, Resilient Tires and Wheels, appropriate subclasses for
resilient tires and see especially the notes in the class
definition of that class (152) for the locus of other art
relating to tire structures and production.
260, Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, 709 for a rubber
composition.
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article shaping or Treating:
Processes, for making tires by molding when no adhesive
bonding of self-sustaining laminae is involved. See
particularly 501, for tire making by direct pressure
application, subclass 45.1 composite article making employing
a porous component and subclasses 267+ for composite article
making against the inner surface of a hollow body.
Subclasses 315 and 326 therein are pertinent to employing
toroidal mold bags and producing toroidal bodies,
respectively.
Subclass:
111
This subclass is indented under subclass 110.1. Processes in
which the toroidal shape travels to discrete work stations
and different operations are performed at each station.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 429 for other assembly processes in which
the work is moved progressively to separate assembly
stations.
Subclass:
112
This subclass is indented under subclass 110.1. Processes in
which the resiliency of the toroidal shape is produced either
by the resiliency of the material used, or the material used
has entrapped gas therein, which gas is at atmospheric
pressure or less when the shape is not under load.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
404 and see the notes thereto for apparatus for making solid
tires.
Subclass:
113
This subclass is indented under subclass 112. Processes in
which the resilient material has apertures or enclosed
cavities therein to increase the cushioning effect of the
toroid.
(1) Note. The articles manufactured by these processes have
no means for retaining fluids under compression. A
disclosure that the article is a pneumatic pressure container
is sufficient to keep it from this subclass.
Subclass:
114
This subclass is indented under subclass 110. Processes
including the incorporation of a solid material other than
rubber at least a portion of the material lying on the
external surface of the toroidal shape.
(1) Note. In this subclass may be found, for example, the
incorporation of anti-skid materials such as textile fibers,
metal springs or particles, abrasive granular material, etc.,
to the tread surface of the tire.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
96 for adhesively securing retreads in the repairing
processes.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
152, Resilient Tires and Wheels, 167 and 208+ for resilient
tires provided with antiskid elements embedded therein.
157, Wheelwright Machines, subclass 13 for processes for
treating the outer surface of a tire by cutting or rasping to
produce a nonskid surface.
451, Abrading, for a process for treating the outer surface
of a tire by an abrading operation.
Subclass:
115
This subclass is indented under subclass 110.1. Processes
including the step of affixing a material capable of filling
or closing apertures occurring during use of the torodial
article.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
97 for processes for repairing tire punctures by a
laminating operation.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
81, Tools, 15.5 for portable puncture repair tools.
141, Fluent Material Handling, With Receiver or Receiver
Coacting Means, subclass 5 for processes for filling tires
or tubes with nongaseous fluent material such as puncture
sealants.
152, Resilient Tires and Wheels, 502 for tires provided with
puncture sealing structures.
252, Compositions, subclass 72 for compositions with
leak-stopping agents.
Subclass:
116
This subclass is indented under subclass 110.1. Processes
including a step of applying a material differing in color
from the main toroid body to a portion only of the toroid,
which portion is located on the exterior side walls thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
90 for the utilization of a barrier layer to prevent
migration or bleeding of materials between layers.
Subclass:
117
This subclass is indented under subclass 110.1. Processes in
which the toroid is formed by directly applying to the
building form the material of the carcass while in the form
of cords, strands or tapes.
(1) Note. Conventionally the cord structure of tire bodies
are applied to the drum in the form of webs. In the instant
patents the cords have not been assembled or woven into webs
before application, rather they are applied while still in
the form of strands.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
397 for apparatus for building tires from strands or narrow
tapes.
Subclass:
118
This subclass is indented under subclass 110.1. Processes
for making toroidal shapes which are structurally airtight
and are uniquely adapted to hold fluids under pressure.
(1) Note. The articles produced by this process must be,
per se, airtight, as for example, a tube for a tire. So
called "tubeless" tires which require the wheel to be
airtight are not considered to be subject matter for this
subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
152, Resilient Tires and Wheels, 510 for pneumatic tube
structures.
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, appropriate subclasses, particularly subclass 315
and 326 pertaining to employing toroidal mold bags and
producing toroidal bodies, respectively.
Subclass:
119
This subclass is indented under subclass 118. Processes in
which the airtight tube has more than one airtight
compartment whereby loss of pressure in a single compartment
would not affect pressure in the other compartments.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
152, Resilient Tires and Wheels, 331.1 for multiple chamber
tube constructions.
Subclass:
120
This subclass is indented under subclass 118. Processes
including a step of applying the fitting whereby the pressure
fluid is introduced into the airtight tube.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
152, Resilient Tires and Wheels, 429 for valved tires or
tubes.
Subclass:
121
This subclass is indented under subclass 118. Processes
including a step of applying a layer of material to the outer
peripheral surface of the formed tube, which material
increases the stress resistance of the tube.
Subclass:
122
This subclass is indented under subclass 118. Processes
which include a step of securing the tube ends to each other
to form a closed torus.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
49 for processes for splicing indefinite length conductors.
157 for processes for splicing indefinite length laminae
end-to-end.
217 for processes for bending a one piece blank and joining
the edges to form an article.
Subclass:
123
This subclass is indented under subclass 110.1. Processes in
which the toroidal shape is built up of at least two layers
or strata of material, which layers are adhesively secured
together.
Subclass:
124
This subclass is indented under subclass 123. Processes in
which at least one of the layers or a component of one of the
layers includes metal in the form of strands or filaments.
Subclass:
125
This subclass is indented under subclass 123. Processes
including a step of forming the outer layer of the toroid by
introducing the material of the layer into a closed mold
while under pressure in a fluent state.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
242 for other laminating processes including a step of
lamina formation by molding or casting.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, 328.1- 328.19 particularly subclasses for
injection type of molding processes. 241 therein pertain to
composite, finite article making and subclasses 315 and 326
pertaining to employing toroidal mold bags and producing
toroidal products, respectively.
Subclass:
126
This subclass is indented under subclass 123. Processes
including a step of telescoping performed ring-like layers of
material onto a shaping form.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
293 for laminating processes including the step of inserting
a lamina in a hole, aperture or recess and adhering it to the
walls thereof.
Subclass:
127
This subclass is indented under subclass 126. Processes in
which the outer band constitutes the tread portion of a tire
and have the tread configuration before assembly.
Subclass:
128.1
Applying tread material to fully-formed carcass:
This subclass is indented under subclass 123. Processes
including a step of applying the tire tread layer of material
onto the outer peripheral surface of the formed toroidal tire
body.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
92 for the application of adhesively-bonded tread material
to a used tire.
Subclass:
128.6
With specified treatment of tread material before application
to carcass:
This subclass is indented under subclass 128.1. Process in
which the material of which the tread is made is treated, as
by coating, etc.., before application of the tread material
to the tire carcass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
127 for telescoping a preformed tread band onto a tire
carcass.
Subclass:
129
This subclass is indented under subclass 128.1. Processes in
which the tread surface configuration has been shaped before
application of the tread material to the tire carcass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
127 for telescoping a preformed tread band onto a tire
carcass.
Subclass:
130
This subclass is indented under subclass 128.1. Processes in
which the tread material is applied by bending progressively
around the formed carcass or in which a lamina having no
stretch characteristics is applied to the carcass under the
tread material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
184 for laminating processes generally for winding a lamina
about a core.
Subclass:
130.3
With specified procedure for interlocking of laminae or
removal of air from therebetween; e.g., "stitching", etc.:
This subclass is indented under subclass 128.1. Process
wherein a specific procedure is claimed for achieving an
irregular interface between laminae or for removing voids
from between laminae.
Subclass:
130.5
With specified procedure for cooling or heating; e.g., for
vulcanization, etc.:
This subclass is indented under subclass 128.1. Process
including a step of heating or cooling the workpiece in which
the conditions for such treatment are specifically claimed.
(1) Note. The conditions must include more than mere
nominal "vulcanization".
Subclass:
130.7
With specified procedure for bead, carcass or sidewall
formation:
This subclass is indented under subclass 128.1. Process
including a step of bead, carcass of sidewall formation in
which one of more specific details of such procedure is
claimed.
(1) Note. The application of the tread in these patents
usually is nominal; where tread application is more than
nominal, the patent should be cross-referenced to subclass
128.1.
(2) Note. Patents are not cross-referenced to this subclass
on the basis of nominal recitation of tread application, but
rather cross-referenced to those subclasses below which are
directed more specifically to the details of manufacture
recited in the patent.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
131 for bead-applying processes.
133 for carcass and sidewall building processes.
Subclass:
131
This subclass is indented under subclass 123. Processes
including a step of applying wire reinforcing rings defining
the inner peripheral edges of the tire.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
136 for processes for making tire bead rings, per se.
403 for apparatus for positioning tire bead rings on the
peripheral surface of the tire carcass.
Subclass:
132
This subclass is indented under subclass 131. Processes
including a step of wrapping the substance of the tire
carcass about the wire bead ring to secure it in position.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
400 for apparatus for folding the tire carcass fabric
material about the bead reinforcements.
Subclass:
133
This subclass is indented under subclass 123. Processes
including a step of bending the material of the tire body
around and into the configuration of the forming surface on
which it is shaped.
Subclass:
134
This subclass is indented under subclass 133. Processes
including the formation of the butt end joint or splice or
some manner of direct treatment peculiar to the spliced or
butt end area.
Subclass:
135
This subclass is indented under subclass 110.1. Processes
limited to or uniquely adapted to the treatment of that
portion of the tire sidewall at or adjacent the ring
reinforced inner periphery.
Subclass:
136
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes for
making ring-like articles, which articles are particularly
adapted for use as reinforcement for the inner edges of
pneumatic tire casings.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
131 for tire building processes including a step of applying
the bead ring.
157 for splicing indefinite length lamina end to end.
217 for bending a one piece blank and joining the edges to
form an article.
422 for apparatus for winding wire lengths to form the tire
bead reinforcement structures.
460 for apparatus for folding flexible fabrics about tire
bead structures to cover same.
Subclass:
137
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
directed to making of flexible endless power transmission
belts.
(1) Note. Processes of making endless conveyor belts are
excluded from this and indented subclasses unless the patent
discloses that the belt also has utility as a power
transmission belt. Appropriate manipulative subclasses below
should be searched for the manufacture of other endless
belts.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 525.1, for processes of mechanically
uniting ends of a continuous element to produce an endless
member which may be utilized as a drive belt.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, appropriate
subclasses, for a plural layer stock material product not
elsewhere provided for.
474, Endless Belt Power Transmission Systems or Components,
particularly 237 for structure of a friction drive belt.
Subclass:
138
This subclass is indented under subclass 137. Processes
which include the step of providing the surface of the
endless belt, which contacts the means to be driven, with
channels, recesses or corrugations.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
257 and 268, for laminating processes combined with the step
of cutting a groove in a lamina or laminated article.
510 for laminating apparatus combined with cutting means.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
83, Cutting, subclass 13 for processes of cutting a groove
in a material.
Subclass:
139
This subclass is indented under subclass 137. Processes
which are directed to producing drive belts of V or trapezoid
cross-section.
Subclass:
140
This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Processes
combined with the step of shaping an uncured or unvulcanized
material to a V or trapezoid configuration by causing the
material to flow to the configuration of a forming surface.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
196 for processes of reshaping of a self-sustaining lamina.
242 for processes of forming a lamina by molding or casting
from a molten material.
Subclass:
141
This subclass is indented under subclass 140. Processes
combined with the step of covering of at least one lamina
prior to altering the shape of the assembly to a V or
trapezoid configuration.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
212 for processes of bending a sheet to conform to the shape
of a configured lamina while in contact therewith.
Subclass:
142
This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Processes
combined with the step of removing material by cutting of an
assembly of laminae to a V or trapeziod shape.
(1) Note. The patents in this subclass mostly involve
transverse cutting of an endless body along the width thereof
to form a plurality of V-belts.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
193 for processes of cutting a wound body.
Subclass:
143
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
directed to making of flexible hollow conduits or hose and
reinforcing the conduit or hose with either by a helical wire
or by plural rings.
(1) Note. The helical wire may be applied as a preformed
coil (144) or may be wound with or around the tube during
winding thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
169 for processes of winding a filamentary material to form
a helical coil.
184 for processes of winding of a sheet or web to form a
hollow tube.
433 for laminating apparatus including means to form a
helical wire.
443 for means to wind a sheet or web to form a hollow tube.
Subclass:
144
This subclass is indented under subclass 143. Processes in
which the helical coil or plural rings utilized as the
reinforcing means is in the form of a coil or rings prior to
assembly with the material forming the tube or conduit.
Subclass:
145
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with the step of enclosing a filling of the space in
the interior of a hollow or porous lamina or the space
between spaced adhered lamina with a gas, vapor or liquid
which remains permanently associated with the lamina.
(1) Note. Patents in this subclass include inflating a
hollow lamina subsequent to its assembly with another
lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
81 for processes of gasification or a liquid in situ within
a hollow body.
156 for processes of utilizing fluid pressure to prevent
collapse of hollow structure during assembly and/or joining.
285 for processes of using fluid pressure in general.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
222, Dispensing, subclass 1 for process of gas or vapor
dispensing.
Subclass:
146
This subclass is indented under subclass 145. Processes in
which the filling step takes place prior to bonding.
Subclass:
147
This subclass is indented under subclass 146. Processes in
which the filling operation is of an impervious hollow core.
(1) Note. The filling may be, for example, inflation with
air of a football bladder.
Subclass:
148
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with the step of weaving, knitting, braiding and/or
needling.
(1) Note. For the scope of the textile working operations
provided for in this subclass, see the appropriate textile
working classes, e.g., weaving, see Class 139, Textiles:
Weaving, and for knitting, see Class 66, Textiles:
Knitting.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
91 for processes of adhesively uniting at least two laminae
combined with the step of additionally securing them together
by a sewing operation.
393 for laminating apparatus combined with braiding or
weaving means.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
28, Textiles: Manufacturing, 107 for processes of and
apparatus for producing fabrics either by punching fibers
through a base fabric or through a batt of fibers.
57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, subclass 362
for processes for twisting filamentary and/or fibrous
material into yarns, threads, cords, etc..
66, Textiles: Knitting, appropriate subclasses, for
processes and apparatus for knitting textiles.
87, Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making, 8 for
processes of braiding of strands together.
139, Textiles: Weaving, appropriate subclasses, for
processes of weaving strands to produce textiles.
140, Wireworking, subclass 149 for processes of twisting
wire.
Subclass:
149
This subclass is indented under subclass 148. Processes in
which the textile working operation occurs about a conduit or
tube having an open passageway therethrough.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
87, Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making, subclass 9
for processes of braiding to produce a tubular fabric.
Subclass:
150
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with the step of forming or depositing a coating
material upon a base by electrolytic action, electrophoresis
or electroosmosis, and/or cathode sputtering.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
536 for laminating apparatus including means to apply a
coating other than the laminating adhesive.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, 471 for
electrophoretic or electro-osmotic coating or forming of an
object and subclasses 192.12+ for glow discharge sputter
deposition (e.g., cathode sputtering, etc.).
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, 80 for processes of
coating by electrolytic action.
Subclass:
151
This subclass is indented under subclass 150. Processes
directed to electrodepositing a coating on the face of a
first lamina which contacts the face of second lamina prior
to its contact with the second lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
314 for processes of applying a coating to an adherent face
of one lamina by a coating operation not involving
electrodeposition.
Subclass:
152
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes which
includes the step of separating one lamina from another
lamina or from an assembly of laminae, and thereafter bonding
the separated lamina to the same lamina from which it was
previously separated.
(1) Note. The laminae need not be initially bonded. For
example, in this subclass may be found patents in which
associated laminae are separated, adhesive is applied and the
laminae and reunited and bonded.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
247 for processes of stripping an adhered lamina combined
with a laminating step.
344 for the step of delaminating, per se.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclass 426.1 for processes which
include the step of disassociating one or more parts.
Subclass:
153
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with the step of removing of an integral portion of
a material by a grinding action.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclass 89.5 and 90.01+ for processes of
wearing-in or burnishing metal.
65, Glass Manufacturing, subclass 61 for process of
glassworking and/or treating combined with the step of
grinding; see the "Search Notes" thereunder.
451, Abrading, 28 for an abrading process which is not
combined with a laminating operation.
Subclass:
154
This subclass is indented under subclass 153. Processes in
which the abrading or grinding step takes place after
combining the laminae.
(1) Note. Abrading or grinding of a lamina while associated
but not adhesively bonded thereto is classified herein.
Subclass:
155
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with the steps of provisionally associating a part
with a 204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, subclasses
471+ for electrophoretic or electro-osmotic coating or
forming of an object and subclasses 192.12+ for glow
discharge sputter deposition (e.g., cathode sputtering, etc.)
separate solid part or material, performing a laminating
operation, and subsequently destroying the separate solid
part or material.
(1) Note. The destruction may be accomplished by
dissolving, melting or breaking the part into smaller
constituents which can be easily removed, e.g., breaking a
core into small grains.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
153 for processes of destroying a transitory material by
abrading or grinding.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, subclass 114.6 for
processes of swelling textiles which includes the step of
destruction of a portion of the textile.
29, Metal Working, 423 for processes which include
destroying separate material which has been temporarily
associated to another part.
65, Glass Manufacturing, subclass 23 for a process of
glassworking combined with a step of destroying or
delaminating a transitorily attached or associated layer.
Subclass:
156
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with the step of filling the space of a hollow
lamina or of the space between spaced lamina with a temporary
gaseous or liquid material which exerts an opposing force
during assembly and/or joining to prevent a change in the
configuration or shape of one of the lamina or of the
assembled laminae.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
72, Metal Deforming, subclass 54 for cores filled with
fillers, such as sand, liquid, etc., which are put into the
tubes to support the walls during the bending operation.
Subclass:
157
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
directed to the step of associating the ends only of two
laminae of indeterminate length to increase the overall
length thereof.
(1) Note. The splice may be either a butt or overlap
joint.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
304.1 for processes of bonding laminae end-to-end without
overlap.
Subclass:
158
This subclass is indented under subclass 157. Processes
which are directed to splicing of laminae having a
cross-section the dimensions of which are generally the
same.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
49 for methods of splicing electrical conductors of
indefinite length.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, subclass 362
for processes of splicing strands by a twisting or twining
operation.
140, Wireworking, 111 for processes of joining or uniting
wires not involving an adhesive uniting operation.
242, Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding, 475.1 for means to
unite a reserve thread to the last end of a thread on a
winding bobbin in a winding machine.
289, Knots and Knot Tying, subclass 1.5 for processes of
intertwining portions of cords, ropes or strips without
unlaying the strands for the purpose of fastening them
together.
Subclass:
159
This subclass is indented under subclass 157. Processes
combined with the step of cutting the ends of the laminae to
be joined.
(1) Note. The cutting in this subclass is usually to have
the abutting ends of the laminae mirror images of each other
or to prepare the ends for bonding.
(2) Note. The scope of the term "cutting" is determined by
the definition of Class 83.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
250 particularly subclass 258 for processes of cutting to
shape the joining edge surfaces only of at least one lamina
prior to assembly in which at least one lamina is not of
indefinite length.
Subclass:
160
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes which
includes the step of applying an external force within the
elastic limit of the material to at least one lamina prior to
bonding to cause a change of form or dimension of the lamina
and maintaining the lamina under such application of force
during the bonding operation.
(1) Note. Merely holding a lamina taut during laminating
operation is not considered an application of stress for this
subclass.
(2) Note. Stretching of a fabric not to place the
individual strands or filaments under stress but to cause the
individual weft and waft strands or filaments to come closer
to one another is not considered an application of stress for
this subclass.
(3) Note. The external force may be one of tension or
compression of the lamina. One form of tension is
stretching.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
84 for processes of shrinking of the material of a lamina.
229 for processes of stretching wherein the lamina is not
under a stress or strain during the bonding operation.
494 for laminating apparatus including means to apply
tension or to stretch the work.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 446 for processes of assembling parts to
each other in which one of the parts is under stress during
assembly.
Subclass:
161
This subclass is indented under subclass 160. Processes
which are directed to application of the external force to
slender thread-like laminae.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
166 for processes of bonding flexible filamentary material
while in indefinite length or running length.
296 for processes of bonding definite length elongated
filaments.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, appropriate subclasses for processes
involving prestressing of filamentary material.
Subclass:
162
This subclass is indented under subclass 160. Processes in
which the application of external force to the lamina occurs
during winding thereof.
(1) Note. See subclass 184 of this class for a definition
of the term "winding".
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
184 for processes of bonding laminae combined with the step
of winding a sheet or web.
Subclass:
163
This subclass is indented under subclass 160. Processes in
which the lamina to which the external force is applied is in
the form of sheet or web and the stressed sheet or web is
bonded to another sheet or web.
(1) Note. A sheet or web is for the purposes of this class
very thin in relation to its length and breadth; as a sheet
of glass or paper.
Subclass:
164
This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Processes in
which the web subjected to an external force is moving during
such application.
Subclass:
165
This subclass is indented under subclass 160. Processes in
which the lamina subjected to an external stress is a
spherical or hollow tubular body.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
170 186, 187+, and 212+, for bonding processes in which one
of the laminae is of spherical or tubular shape.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 450 for processes of uniting mating parts
in which one of the parts is prestressed.
Subclass:
166
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
directed to the step of (1) assembling at least one flexible
thread-like lamina with a similarly or differently shaped
lamina while the thread-like lamina is of indeterminate
length during the assembly operation or (2) causing a single
thread-like lamina to be bonded to itself.
(1) Note. Flexible rods of indefinite length are considered
filamentary material for the purposes of this and indented
subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
161 for processes of bonding filaments in stressed
condition.
296 for processes of bonding filaments of finite length and
are not considered staple fibers.
433 for apparatus for laminating an indefinite or indefinite
length flexible strand, rod, tube or filament.
Subclass:
167
This subclass is indented under subclass 166. Processes
combined with the step of continuously generating the
continuous filaments or threads.
(1) Note. The filaments herein may be formed by an
extruding operation, for example.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
28 for processes of forming filaments from a molten plastic
material combined with a cutting step to form staple fibers.
500 for laminating apparatus combined with casting, molding
or extruding means.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, 165 for processes within the class definition,
for forming continuous or indefinite length articles from
plastic materials.
Subclass:
168
This subclass is indented under subclass 166. Processes
combined with the step of removing an adhesively secured
filamentary material from another material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
153 for processes of removing an adhesively secured lamina
by the step of abrading or grinding.
155 for processes of removing an adhesively secured lamina
from another lamina by destruction thereof.
247 for processes of stripping nonfilamemtary material
previously adhesively adhered to another lamina.
344 for delaminating processes, per se.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 426.1 for processes of disassembly.
Subclass:
169
This subclass is indented under subclass 166. Processes
combined with the step of bending the filamentary material in
a substantially circular path with overlap more than enough
to merely join the ends.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
143 for processes of making helical wire reinforced flexible
tubes which includes the step of winding a filament to form
the helical wire.
161 for processes of winding a filament in which the
filament is under stress during the winding operation.
184 for processes of winding a sheet or web.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
242, Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding, 430 and 470+ for a
strand article or storage package winding machine.
Subclass:
170
This subclass is indented under subclass 169. Processes
which involves the step of winding of a filament about a
globular or spherical body or lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
242, Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding, 435 and 436 for
winding elongated material about a spherical core without
specified adhesive bonding.
Subclass:
171
This subclass is indented under subclass 169. Processes
including a step of winding a sheet or web about the wound
filament or about the core on which the filament is wound.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
162 for processes of prestressing a sheet or web during
winding thereof.
184 for processes of winding a web or sheet.
Subclass:
172
This subclass is indented under subclass 169. Processes
directed to winding the filament about a core not fabricated
by a winding operation and bonding the filament to the core.
(1) Note. The core may be for the purposes of this subclass
of any configuration, for example, a sheet or tube.
Subclass:
173
This subclass is indented under subclass 169. Processes
directed to winding the filament about a core or mandrel to
support the filament during the winding operation without
adhesively bonding the filament to the core or mandrel.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
172 for processes of winding a filament about a core to
which the filament is ultimately adhesively secured.
Subclass:
174
This subclass is indented under subclass 173. Processes
combined with the step of cutting of the wound assembly
parallel to the longitudinal axis of the core or mandrel and
opening the cut body.
(1) Note. The patents in this subclass usually relate to
the fabrication of weftless fabrics.
Subclass:
175
This subclass is indented under subclass 173. Processes
directed to the making of a product constituted solely of
filamentary material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
174 for similar processes of bonding filamentary material
only combined with a cutting step.
180 for processes of assembly of filaments only not combined
with a winding operation.
Subclass:
176
This subclass is indented under subclass 166. Processes
which are directed to bonding of at least one filamentary
material to a web of indeterminate length.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
436 for laminating apparatus for bonding at least one strand
or filament to an indefinite or running length web.
Subclass:
177
This subclass is indented under subclass 176. Processes
directed to bonding at least one filamentary material to a
web while at least a portion of the filamentary material is
disposed crosswise of the length of the web to which it is
secured.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
439 for apparatus for laminating a strand crosswise of a
web.
Subclass:
178
This subclass is indented under subclass 176. Processes
directed to the step of bonding at least two filaments to a
web of indefinite length.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
297 for processes of bonding plural filaments of finite
length to a sheet or web.
Subclass:
179
This subclass is indented under subclass 176. Processes
directed to interposing at least two filaments between at
least two webs of indeterminate length and in which the
filaments are in contact with the plural webs.
(1) Note. The patents in this subclass usually relate to
making reinforced paper.
Subclass:
180
This subclass is indented under subclass 166. Processes in
which only filaments of indefinite or running length are
united to form an article.
(1) Note. The products formed by the processes of this
subclass may be strands, rods or cords.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
441 for laminating apparatus including means to gather
strands or filaments only into an indefinite length rod,
strand or web.
Subclass:
181
This subclass is indented under subclass 180. Processes in
which the article made is a sheet or web.
Subclass:
182
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes in
which two or more intermediate laminates are assembled into a
final laminate, usually of four or more layers.
(1) Note. The claims may include the step or steps of
making an intermediate laminate by adhesive bonding, coating,
etc..
(2) Note. The step of assembling a sandwich to a
nonlaminated product or single element is not considered
assembly of subassemblies for this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclass 469 for processes of joining
subassemblies there provided for.
Subclass:
183
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with the step of imparting to at least one lamina a
crinkle or wrinkle effect, known as crepe, by the step of
crowding a web or sheet back on itself to induce it to
wrinkle.
(1) Note. The step of corrugating is not considered
wrinkling within the scope of this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
196 for combined corrugating and laminating.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, subclass 117 for
chemical processes of crinkling cellulosic fibers.
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, 111 and 280+ for
processes and apparatus for creping or crinkling paper.
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, appropriate subclasses and especially subclass 282
for processes of wrinkling or creping, per se, of paper or
plastic materials.
Subclass:
184
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with the step of moving one part of a single web or
sheet in a substantially circular path with respect to
another part such that at least one and one half convolutions
of the web or sheet is formed and the one part is
superimposed on the other part.
(1) Note. The wound part must overlap more than enough to
merely form a good joint.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
162 for processes of winding a lamina combined with
prestressing of the lamina.
171 for processes of winding a sheet or web combined with
the step of winding a filament.
443 for laminating apparatus including winding means.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
242, Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding, for a process or
apparatus for winding elongated material onto a core.
Subclass:
185
This subclass is indented under subclass 184. Processes in
which the step of winding is about a separate nonwound core
to which it is adhesively united.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
212 for processes of bending a sheet to assume shape of
configured lamina.
Subclass:
186
This subclass is indented under subclass 185. Processes in
which the core is of spherical configuration.
Subclass:
187
This subclass is indented under subclass 185. Processes in
which the core is a hollow tubular element.
Subclass:
188
This subclass is indented under subclass 187. Processes in
which at least two separate webs are wound about a nonwound
core one after the other.
(1) Note. Patents which define simultaneously feeding
separate webs and which are assembled at the point of contact
with the core are considered within the scope of this
subclass.
(2) Note. Winding of an assembly of webs is not considered
a winding of at least two separated webs for the purposes of
this subclass.
Subclass:
189
This subclass is indented under subclass 184. Processes in
which the winding of the web or sheet is about a core to
support the web or sheet during the winding operation without
bonding the web or sheet to the core and a transverse
cross-section of the core at any section along the length
thereof is either (a) noncircular in cross-section or (b)
circular in cross-section and at least two circular sections
thereof are of different diameter.
(1) Note. Cores which are circular in cross-section and of
the same diameter throughout are excluded from this
subclass.
Subclass:
190
This subclass is indented under subclass 184. Processes
directed to winding at least two separate webs or sheets
about a removable core one after the other.
Subclass:
191
This subclass is indented under subclass 184. Processes
having a step of associating parts by manipulations other
than the winding operation.
(1) Note. The step of laminating two sheets and then
winding the laminated sheets to form a wound product is
included within the scope of this subclass.
Subclass:
192
This subclass is indented under subclass 191. Processes in
which the additional assembly step occurs before the step of
assembly by winding.
Subclass:
193
This subclass is indented under subclass 184. Processes
combined with the step of cutting of the article produced by
a winding operation.
(1) Note. Cutting of the wound body along a transverse
cross-section perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the
wound body to produce a plurality of identical articles,
e.g., cut off, is excluded from this subclass unless a
dimension or shape of the article is defined in the claim.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
250 for processes of laminating combined with a cutting
operation.
Subclass:
194
This subclass is indented under subclass 184. Processes
combined with the step of changing the shape of the article
produced by the winding operation to a shape of different
configuration.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
196 for laminating processes combined with a shaping
operation.
Subclass:
195
This subclass is indented under subclass 184. Processes
which are directed to winding a sheet or web about a
removable core or mandrel in such manner that the
longitudinal edges of the sheet or web overlap or abut each
other at the juncture of the successive convolutions to form
a spiral tube-like article.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
425 for laminating apparatus including spiral winding
means.
Subclass:
196
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with a step of (1) distorting a workpiece by bending
to alter its shape, (2) changing the gross over-all shape of
a self-sustaining workpiece by a deforming operation or (3)
altering the surface configuration only of a workpiece by
raising bosses or protuberances thereon or causing surface
portions to be depressed below the plane of the work
surface.
(1) Note. The reshaping to a different configuration of a
self-supporting workpiece may be by stretch-forming or by a
drawing operation.
(2) Note. Stretching is not considered a reshaping
operation for the purposes of this subclass, nor is cutting
considered to be a deforming operation. See appropriate
subclasses below for this art.
(3) Note. For a definition of "bending" as used in the
above definition see the term as defined in the glossary of
the class definition.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
229 for laminating combined with stretching.
242 for laminating combined with the step of forming a
lamina by a molding or casting operation.
250 for laminating combined with cutting.
443 for laminating apparatus combined with reshaping means.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
65, Glass Manufacturing, 54 for a process of bonding glass
to a preformed part by a glassworking operation combined with
the step of reshaping of the glass part prior to assembly or
subsequent to bonding.
228, Metal Fusion Bonding, 141.1 for a process of metallic
bonding combined with mechanical shaping.
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, appropriate subclass, for reshaping or deforming,
per se, of paper or plastic materials.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, 98 for a
plural layer stock material product with structure, and
especially indented subclasses 121+ for such a product with a
fold at the edge, subclasses 156+ for such a product
embodying a component of varying thickness, and subclasses
174+ for such a product embodying a component of nonplanar
uniform thickness (e.g., corrugated, pleated).
Subclass:
197
This subclass is indented under subclass 196. Processes
which are directed to the steps of bonding at spaced secured
areas only and separating, expanding or opening at least one
portion of a lamina at the nonbonded area from its contact
with another portion of the same or different lamina.
(1) Note. Most of the patents in this subclass relate to
making of honeycomb structures.
(2) Note. Patents which claim the step of opening or
separating of the nonadherent areas of adhesively united
laminae are included herein.
Subclass:
198
This subclass is indented under subclass 196. Processes in
which the step of reshaping is by causing at least a portion
of a hollow body to move inwardly from the periphery of the
body and into contact with another portion.
(1) Note. In this subclass may be found, for example,
sealing the ends of a tube by a pinching operation.
Subclass:
199
This subclass is indented under subclass 196. Processes in
which the lamina subjected to the step of bending, reshaping
or embossing is a flexible web of indeterminate length and
wherein the bending, reshaping or embossing occurs during
intermittent or continuous movement of the web.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
459 for laminating apparatus combined with means to bend or
fold an indefinite or running length flexible web.
Subclass:
200
This subclass is indented under subclass 199. Processes
directed to the step of bending a web along or parallel to
its longitudinal axis.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
461 for laminating apparatus combined with longitudinal
bending means.
Subclass:
201
This subclass is indented under subclass 200. Processes in
which the bending step occurs either before or while the web
is being assembled with the part to which it is to be
adhered.
Subclass:
202
This subclass is indented under subclass 200. Processes in
which the web is turned over the edge of a separate workpiece
with which it is assembled and distorted into facial contact
therewith.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
216 for processes of overedge bending of a sheet about
another sheet.
Subclass:
203
This subclass is indented under subclass 200. Processes in
which the longitudinal edges of web are bent into contact
with each other to overlap or abut to form a hollow tubular
body.
Subclass:
204
This subclass is indented under subclass 199. Processes
which involves bending one portion of a web and superimposing
the bent portion of the lamina on the other portion of the
same lamina, the two portions being in face to face contact
to the bendline.
(1) Note. Pleating that is repeated back and forth folding
is within the scope of this subclass.
(2) Note. In folding a sharp line of bend is made and the
portions are brought into facial contact as distinguished
from corrugating in which the product undulates and the
adjacent faces are spaced after bending.
Subclass:
205
This subclass is indented under subclass 199. Processes in
which the bending involves forming a web with alternate
ridges and grooves with a component transverse to the
longitudinal axis of the web.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
204 for transverse folding.
470 for laminating apparatus including corrugating means.
590 for corrugating apparatus, per se.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, subclass 286 for processes of corrugating, per
se.
Subclass:
206
This subclass is indented under subclass 205. Processes in
which the step of corrugating takes place after the step of
assembling at least two laminae.
Subclass:
207
This subclass is indented under subclass 205. Processes
combined with the step of changing the shape of one of the
corrugations of a corrugated lamina and/or cutting of a
corrugated lamina.
(1) Note. The restriction of the term "cutting" is the same
as stated in (1) Note of subclass 193 of this class.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
250 for laminating processes combined with a step of
cutting.
Subclass:
208
This subclass is indented under subclass 205. Processes in
which the corrugated lamina is of incipient adhesiveness or
has a dry adhesive thereon and the lamina is physically or
chemically treated other than by the application of an
adhesive material to cause the surface of the lamina or dry
adhesive coating thereon to become tacky or sticky.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
305 for processes of applying a solvent or chemical
activating agent to an assembly of laminae.
306.3 for processes of autogenous bonding.
Subclass:
209
This subclass is indented under subclass 199. Processes in
which the reshaping operation involves only the surface of
the lamina and only partially through the thickness and
wherein the overall shape of the lamina throughout its
breadth and width is unaltered.
(1) Note. Embossing of a lamina is an example of a surface
deformation operation within the scope of this subclass.
(2) Note. See the part (3) of the definition of subclass
196 of this class for the scope of the term "surface
deformation".
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
219 for processes of surface deformation of a nonrunning
length lamina.
553 for laminating apparatus including a discontinuous or
patterned press.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
101, Printing, subclass 32 for processes of embossing or
penetrating, per se.
144, Woodworking, subclass 358 for a process of embossing
wood.
Subclass:
210
This subclass is indented under subclass 196. Processes in
which the reshaping operation involves distorting a workpiece
to form alternating ridges and grooves in wave like shape and
bonding the workpiece to a generally planar lamina whereby
the ridges only are in contact with the lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
292 for processes of laminating, per se, of laminae having
opposed facing areas out of contact.
Subclass:
211
This subclass is indented under subclass 196. Processes
combined with the step of slitting and/or removal of a
portion of the material at the reshaping or bending areas
only of a lamina.
(1) Note. The purpose of the slitting and/or removal of
material is to prevent formation of undulations, gathers or
bulges at the bending or reshaping area.
Subclass:
212
This subclass is indented under subclass 196. Processes in
which a lamina is forced to assume the configuration of a
shaped lamina as it is brought into association therewith;
the shaped lamina serving as the form against which the other
lamina is distorted.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
229 for stretching of a lamina, per se.
Subclass:
213
This subclass is indented under subclass 212. Processes
involving completely enclosing the configured lamina by the
lamina or laminae being reshaped.
(1) Note. This subclass includes enclosing the configured
lamina by utilization of more than one additional lamina,
e.g., enclosing a sphere by two semi-spherical laminae formed
in situ on the sphere.
Subclass:
214
This subclass is indented under subclass 212. Processes
combined with the step of shaping a body to form configured
lamina before association with the adhered lamina.
Subclass:
215
This subclass is indented under subclass 212. Processes in
which the configured lamina is cylindrical.
Subclass:
216
This subclass is indented under subclass 196. Processes in
which a portion of a lamina extending beyond the edge of a
sandwich is folded over the edge and back against the
opposite face of the sandwich.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
202 for processes for bending a running length lamina over
the edge of a different part.
Subclass:
217
This subclass is indented under subclass 196. Processes in
which the reshaping is of a part of a single lamina to
juxtapose marginal portions thereof in either butt or lapped
positions and the juxtaposed portions are secured one to the
other.
(1) Note. The one piece blank may be composite, i.e.,
formed of a plurality of laminae or of parts integrated as a
unit.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
228, Metal Fusion Bonding, 144 for the process of
metallurgically bonding the margins of a one-piece blank.
Subclass:
218
This subclass is indented under subclass 217. Processes in
which the article produced by the reshaping operation is a
hollow cylinder.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
215 for processes of wrapping a sheet about a cylindrical
core to form a cylindrical cover thereon which is adhesively
bonded to the core.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
72, Metal Deforming, 48 for a method or machine within the
scope of the class which includes a step of or means for
press-seaming the edges of a single metal blank to form a
tube.
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, subclass 118 for
processes of making tubes combined with paper making.
Subclass:
219
This subclass is indented under subclass 196. Processes in
which the surface configuration only of a workpiece is
altered by raising bosses or protuberances thereon or causing
surface portions to be depressed below the plane of the
workpiece surface.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
209 for processes of deforming a web-surface and the search
notes therein.
Subclass:
220
This subclass is indented under subclass 219. Processes in
which the step of deforming the surface only occurs after the
parts have been brought into assembled relationship.
(1) Note. Embossing of an assembly of laminae in which the
adhesive may not be completely cured are included herein.
Subclass:
221
This subclass is indented under subclass 196. Processes in
which the bending or reshaping occurs after the parts have
been brought into assembled relationship.
(1) Note. The assembled laminae need not be adhesively
bonded for the purposes of this and indented subclasses.
Subclass:
222
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Processes in
which the assembly is composed only of superimposed parallel
sheets in face to face contact.
Subclass:
223
This subclass is indented under subclass 222. Processes
directed to the bending of only one lamina of the assembly of
laminae.
(1) Note. Processes in which one lamina of an assembly is
not subjected to a bending operation and a sandwich
associated therewith is subjected to a bending operation is
included herein.
Subclass:
224
This subclass is indented under subclass 222. Processes in
which the product produced by the bending or reshaping
operation on a plurality of stacked sheets has a concavity or
hollow portion.
(1) Note. Processes of making semi-cylindrical products are
included herein.
Subclass:
226
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Processes in
which the assembly of laminae is subjected to the step of
bending at least one portion of the assembly relative to the
remaining portion of the assembly such that the first portion
is superimposed upon and in facial contact with the other
portion in which this type of bending constitutes the sole
bending operation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
202 for processes of longitudinally folding a running length
web.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
270, Sheet-Material Associating, appropriate subclasses for
folding, per se.
Subclass:
227
This subclass is indented under subclass 196. Processes
including a step of folding a lamina.
(1) Note. See subclass 226 of this class for a definition
of the term "folding" and the search notes appended thereto.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
226 for processes of bending an assembly of laminae and
search (1) Note above.
Subclass:
228
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
directed to bonding of configured lamina involving the
application of recessed press platens in which the shape of
the recesses conform to the shape of the configured laminae.
(1) Note. In this subclass, the shaped platens impart no
shape to the sandwich, merely applying the laminating
pressure. The platens are configured for the purpose of
evenly pressing the sandwich.
Subclass:
229
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with the step of applying sufficient tension to a
lamina to increase its effective length or breadth or both.
(1) Note. See subclass 160 of this class, (2) Note, for a
restriction on the scope of the term "stretching".
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
160 for processes of stretching a lamina and uniting the
lamina to another lamina while maintained in stretch
condition and see (1) Note above.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, subclass 132 for
processes of stretching artificial fibers combined with
swelling or plasticizing.
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, appropriate subclasses, for processes within the
class definition for shaping or molding which may include a
stretching step, particularly subclass 197, 198, 210.1,
235.6, 288.4, and 291+.
427, Coating Processes, 171 for coating combined with a
stretching or tensioning step.
Subclass:
230
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes in
which a lamina bonded to a carrier is, assembled with a base,
caused to adhere to the base and then subsequently the
adhesive bond between the lamina and carrier is destroyed to
free the lamina and base from the carrier.
(1) Note. The step of utilizing an apparatus which includes
an adhesive coated surface for the purpose of removing an
element from a stack of elements and transferring the element
to an adhesive coated base (e.g., picker) is not considered
direct transfer for this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
8 for processes of transferring a resist combined with
etching.
89.11 for processes of vitrification or firing of ceramic
material which may have been applied to a base by a transfer
mechanism.
249 for processes wherein an adhered lamina is stripped from
a base and subsequently adhered to a different surface.
540 for apparatus used to perform a direct transfer
operation.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, subclass 467 for
processes of transferring dyes and discharges and for dye
containing transfers.
101, Printing, appropriate subclasses, particularly subclass
34, 401.1, 463 for processes utilizing transfers for
preparation of printing surfaces; subclass 464 for film to
film imbibition; and subclasses 468+ for copying processes
(e.g., hectos:graphic).
427, Coating Processes, 146 for processes of making a
transfer or copy sheet by a coating operation.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, 40.1 for a
composite stock material product having a layer of adhesive
and a covering therefor which must be removed or stripped to
expose the adhesive and enable it to be adhered to a surface;
subclass 352 for a composite stock material having an
adhesive outermost surface and also having a release or
anti-stick coating (usually on the surface opposite the
adhesive surface).
Subclass:
231
This subclass is indented under subclass 230. Processes
directed to the steps of forming a lamina by casting or
molding on an endless belt or calender roll carrier,
contacting the lamina while on the carrier with a preformed
base and thereafter removing the lamina from the carrier.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
238 for direct transfer processes employing a running length
flexible web carrier.
242 for laminating processes combined with molding or
casting a lamina.
500 for laminating apparatus including means for casting or
molding a lamina.
Subclass:
232
This subclass is indented under subclass 230. Processes
wherein the carrier, on which the lamina is applied or
formed, has a configured surface so that the applied or
formed lamina will be shaped or molded into a desired
configuration or pattern.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
245 for lamina formation by casting or molding in a
configured mold.
Subclass:
233
This subclass is indented under subclass 230. Processes
wherein the transferred lamina is of thin metallic sheet or
foil.
(1) Note. The metallic sheet or foil may be of unitary
composition or may be metal particles sprayed or deposited on
a base and treated, if necessary, with a suitable binder to
form a cohesive layer, prior to transfer thereof.
(2) Note. Metal layers applied to the carrier by a coating
process (e.g., electrodeposition) shall be considered to be
"foils".
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
150 for laminating processes including the production of
transfer laminae by electrodeposition.
Subclass:
234
This subclass is indented under subclass 230. Processes
wherein only a portion of the lamina on the carrier is
transferred to the base, the remainder staying adhered to the
carrier.
(1) Note. This subclass includes both the processes wherein
the transferred portion is a top section of the lamina with a
continuous thickness remaining on the carrier, or where
continuous or discontinuous strips or parts of the lamina
through the total thickness thereof are transferred.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
254 for splitting of sheet lamina in plane intermediate of
its faces.
261 for processes of punching sections through a lamina and
simultaneously applying laminating pressure to the cutout
sections with the same punching device.
Subclass:
235
This subclass is indented under subclass 230. Processes
which include more than one direct contact transfer operation
and/or a laminating step other than direct contact transfer.
(1) Note. The additional lamination herein may be to the
transferred lamina or laminae, or the base plus transferred
lamina may be bonded to still another surface.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
239 for simultaneous transfer of plural superimposed laminae
by a single direct transfer operation.
Subclass:
236
This subclass is indented under subclass 230. Processes
wherein the transfer is aided by solvent action to facilitate
release of the lamina from the carrier, said solvent being a
fluid other than water, per se.
(1) Note. An aqueous composition containing a nonwater
component is within the scope of this subclass.
Subclass:
237
This subclass is indented under subclass 230. Processes
wherein the transferred lamina receives a coating subsequent
to transfer thereof from carrier to base.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
280 for coating of a nonadherent surface of a lamina
subsequent to lamination thereof.
Subclass:
238
This subclass is indented under subclass 230. Processes in
which the carrier employed is a running or continuous length
flexible web.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
231 for processes wherein the lamina is cast or molded on an
endless belt or calender roll.
Subclass:
239
This subclass is indented under subclass 230. Processes
wherein a plurality of superimposed laminae on the carrier
are simultaneously transferred.
(1) Note. Transfer of a plurality of coatings of the same
composition is considered the same as transfer of a single
coating; however, if the ingredients of each coating are
identical but differ in proportion, the coatings are
considered different coatings for the purposes of this
subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
235 for processes involving plural sequential transferring
operations and/or with additional lamination.
Subclass:
240
This subclass is indented under subclass 239. Processes
wherein the transferred laminae are in the form of printing
or a design.
(1) Note. See the search notes to this class, subclass 230
for processes involving transfer of resist patterns, ceramic
designs, dyes and discharges, and/or printing.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
277 for printing processes combined with a laminating step.
Subclass:
241
This subclass is indented under subclass 230. Processes
wherein the lamina is transferred from the carrier to a base
which has been previously coated with an adhesive agent.
Subclass:
242
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with the step of forming a lamina by a molding or
casting operation.
(1) Note. The step of simultaneously molding and uniting
combined with a laminating step is included herein.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
231 for molding or casting of a lamina on a carrier prior to
direct transfer thereof.
500 for apparatus including means for casting a lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
65, Glass Manufacturing, 45 for a process of bonding of
glass to a formed part by a glassworking operation combined
with a step of forming a glass part from molten glass.
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, appropriate subclasses, for processes for molding
or shaping plastic materials within the class definition,
particularly those subclasses pertaining to composite article
formation, e.g., as by extruding a plastic material around a
preform, see 45.1, 112+,171.1+, 241+ and 642+. Class 264
further provides for uniting spaced parts by flowing a fluent
material therebetween, even though for a processthe function
of said material is disclosed to be merely to bond, just so
long as the parts to be united are placed in final spaced
relationship before said material is introduced, see
particularly subclasses 261+. For a more comprehensive line
between Class 156 and Class 264 see the class definition of
Class 264.
Subclass:
243
This subclass is indented under subclass 242. Processes
directed to casting or molding plural continuous webs which
webs are either bonded to each other or to different laminae
or surfaces.
Subclass:
244.11
By extrusion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 242. Processes in
which the lamina formation is by extrusion or die
expressing.
Subclass:
244.12
Encapsulating or enclosing a lamina:
This subclass is indented under subclass 244.11. Processes
wherein the lamina is completely covered or enclosed by
another lamina, or wherein an elongated or indefinite length
article excluding the extreme ends is enclosed.
Subclass:
244.13
Hollow article or lamina:
This subclass is indented under subclass 244.11. Processes
wherein a lamina or the article produced is hollow.
Subclass:
244.14
Differential fluid pressure used:
This subclass is indented under subclass 244.13. Processes
wherein a positive or negative pressure is applied through
the medium of a liquid or gas.
Subclass:
244.15
Specific nonuniform lamina or article; e.g., netting or rib
and groove, etc..:
This subclass is indented under subclass 244.13. Processes
wherein an article other than a continuous uniform thickness
tube or the like is produced, or wherein a lamina is
nonuniform.
(1) Note. Netting and articles with rib and groove elements
are included in this subclass.
Subclass:
244.16
With printing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 244.11. Process
with a printing step.
(1) Note. The printing in this subclass includes the
printing of an adhesive.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
101, Printing, appropriate subclasses for printing processes,
per se.
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, subclass 134 for
processes of making paper combined with a printing step.
Subclass:
244.17
Electrical, magnetic, or wave energy used:
This subclass is indented under subclass 244.11. Processes
which include the step of (1) passing an electric current
directly through the article or a lamina, (2) subjecting the
article or a lamina to an electric or magnetic field, or (3)
directly applying radiant energy to the article or a
laminae.
(1) Note. This subclass includes use of energy as a
pretreatment or post-treatment as well as during bonding of
one or more laminae.
(2) Note. The wave energy applied to the work may be light,
emanations of radioactive material, infrared rays, ion
bombardment, etc..
Subclass:
244.18
With cutting, severing, or perforating:
This subclass is indented under subclass 244.11. Processes
combined with a step or (1) penetrating the article or a
lamina to achieve at least partial separation of a portion of
the material of the workpiece, or (2) moving one part of the
article or a lamina relative to the other to cause separation
of the parts.
(1) Note. The cutting, severing, or perforating may be
prior to, during, or after the bonding step and of any
lamina.
Subclass:
244.19
After bonding; e.g., as finishing step, etc..:
This subclass is indented under subclass 244.18. Processes
wherein the cutting, severing, or perforating step is
performed after bonding.
Subclass:
244.21
Differential fluid pressure used:
This subclass is indented under subclass 244.11. Processes
including the application of positive or negative pressure to
the work through the medium of a liquid or gas.
(1) Note. Use of steam pressure solely as a source of heat
is not included in this subclass.
Subclass:
244.22
Bonding spaced preforms:
This subclass is indented under subclass 244.11. Processes
where laminae in spaced relationship (plural laminae or
bonding a lamina to itself) are bonded by means of another
element which is self-sustaining, e.g., a bead of adhesive,
etc..
(1) Note. Included herein are methods using a pair of
spaced rollers through which two laminae are fed with an
intermediate preform therebetween to effect bonding.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, 261 for introducing fluent bonding material
between spaced preforms.
Subclass:
244.23
Pretreatment:
This subclass is indented under subclass 244.11. Processes
including a treatment to prepare or adapt a lamina for the
bonding step wherein mere heating is not sufficient.
(1) Note. Mere broad recitation of heating of a lamina to
render adhesive is not sufficient; however, detailed heating
steps for such, e.g., reciting conditions, degree of heating
or treating segments only, etc.., is included.
Subclass:
244.24
Post-treatment:
This subclass is indented under subclass 244.11. Processes
which includes a step of after treatment of the bonded
article.
(1) Note. Final curing of an assembled lamina to perfect or
complete bonding is considered a part of the bonding step and
not an after treatment for this subclass.
Subclass:
244.25
Article or at least one lamina of nonuniform thickness or
discontinuous:
This subclass is indented under subclass 244.11. Processes
wherein the method includes bonding of a nonuniform or
discontinuous lamina, or where a nonuniform article is
produced, e.g., curved edges.
(1) Note. This subclass is intended to include a lamina or
an article having a discontinuous layer, i.e., apertured or a
layer formed of separate pieces of material, e.g., a ribbed
article.
(2) Note. This subclass includes uniform lamina but wherein
the bonding is nonuniform, i.e., discontinuous or spot
bonding.
Subclass:
244.26
Bonding in specified environment (other than temperature):
This subclass is indented under subclass 244.11. Processes
including employment of conditions other than ambient in the
bonding step, e.g., pressure, etc.., use of particular
medium, e.g., steam or reactive vapor during the bonding,
etc..
Subclass:
244.27
Pressure assisted bonding:
This subclass is indented under subclass 244.11. Processes
including positive recital of use of mechanical pressure to
assist in the bonding step, e.g., use of platens or a pair of
pressure rolls, etc..
Subclass:
245
This subclass is indented under subclass 242. Processes in
which the lamina formation is performed in a configured mold
to impart a desired shape or particular conformation to the
lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
225 for reshaping of at least one lamina in a closed
configured mold by plastic flow subsequent to assembly of
said lamina with at least one other lamina or to one other
surface.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
65, Glass Manufacturing, 47 for a process of bonding glass
by glassworking operation including a step of forming the
glass in a mold cavity.
Subclass:
246
This subclass is indented under subclass 242. Processes
directed to casting a film on a temporary flat, plane surface
and thereafter stripping the film from the surface.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
230 for processes wherein a lamina is formed by casting on
carrier for direct transfer of said lamina to a different
base or surface.
249 for stripping of an adhered lamina from one surface and
applying it to a different surface.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, appropriate subclasses, particularly subclass 165,
212, 298, and 299+.
427, Coating Processes, 154 for applying a removable
protective coating to a substrate.
Subclass:
247
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
wherein a laminating procedure is combined with the step of
removing at least one previously adhered lamina by a
stripping or delaminating operation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
254 for processes for splitting a sheet lamina in a plane
intermediate of its faces.
344 for delaminating processes, per se.
584 for delaminating apparatus.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
427, Coating Processes, 154 for processes of applying a
removable protective coating.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, 40.1 for a
composite stock material product having a layer of adhesive
and a covering therefor which must be removed or stripped to
expose the adhesive and enable it to be adhered to a surface;
subclass 352 for a composite stock material having an
adhesive outermost surface and also having a release or
anti-stick coating (usually on the surface opposite the
adhesive surface).
Subclass:
248
This subclass is indented under subclass 247. Processes
combined with the step of cutting only one of the laminae
while still adhered and prior to stripping thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
268 for partial cutting, incising or grooving of a laminated
sandwich.
Subclass:
249
This subclass is indented under subclass 247. Processes
including the step of uniting the stripped lamina to a
different element or surface other than the lamina from which
the lamina has been stripped.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
152 for processes in which the stripped lamina is reunited
to the same lamina from which it was previously separated.
Subclass:
250
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with a step of (1) penetrating the workpiece to
achieve at least partial separation of a portion of the
material of the workpiece without substantial reshaping flow
of the material or (2) moving one part of a workpiece
relative to the other to cause failure by tension at the
point of separation.
(1) Note. A disclosure that the work material flows due to
melting will not preclude placement of the patent here where
the flow merely accomplishes reshaping only necessary for
penetration. For example, cut-seaming a thermoplastic
material with a hot knife is here even though the material
may form a bead at the seam.
(2) Note. The cutting need not be entirely through the
thickness of the work, but may be only partially through the
thickness e.g., grooving and scoring.
(3) Note. Cutting of a lamina along a transverse
cross-section perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the
lamina to produce a plurality of identical articles e.g.,
cut-off, is excluded from this and indented subclass unless a
dimension or shape of the lamina is specified.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
98 for reclaiming, renewing or repairing of articles for
reuse with removal of defective area to be repaired.
101 for processes of making optically transparent glass
sandwiches with cutting of interlayer or lamina.
142 for processes of forming an endless drive belt and
cutting the belt to V or trapezoid shape.
159 for processes of splicing indefinite length lamina
end-to-end with cutting of joining ends.
193 for processes of winding a web or sheet with cutting or
wound body.
211 for processes of laminating with permanent bending or
reshaping which include slitting or removal of material at
reshaping area prior to reshaping.
510 for apparatus for surface bonding and/or assembly
combined with means for cutting, punching, piercing or
severing.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
83, Cutting, appropriate subclasses for processes of and
apparatus for cutting and see especially the notes to the
class definition of that class for the locus of other art
relating to cutting and combinations of cutting with other
operations.
225, Severing by Tearing or Breaking, appropriate subclasses
for processes of severing by tearing or breaking.
234, Selective Cutting (e.g., Punching), appropriate
subclasses for processes and apparatus for selective
punching.
Subclass:
251
This subclass is indented under subclass 250. Processes in
which the laminae are bonded to each other during the cutting
operation.
(1) Note. Included in this subclass, for example, are
processes which involve the utilization of a heated cutting
implement which, during the cutting operation, makes
thermoplastic laminae tacky, thereby causing the portions of
the lamina on each side of the cutting tool to become
adhesively united.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
88 for fray prevention processes which may involve trimming
and/or sealing of laminate edges.
515 for cutting apparatus which simultaneously unites the
laminae.
Subclass:
252
This subclass is indented under subclass 250. Processes in
which the cutting operation forms a closed perimeter opening
extending completely through a lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
513 for laminating apparatus having means for making a hole
or aperture in a lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclass 22 for tire punching.
83, Cutting, subclass 30 for processes of puncturing.
234, Selective Cutting (e.g., Punching), appropriate
subclasses for selective cutting or punching, per se.
Subclass:
253
This subclass is indented under subclass 252. Processes in
which the laminae are assembled prior to the perforating
operation.
Subclass:
254
This subclass is indented under subclass 250. Processes in
which a sheet-like lamina is separated along a plane
paralleling and between the two faces of the lamina and thus
results in at least two laminae.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, 40.1 for a
composite stock material product having a layer of adhesive
and a covering therefor which must be removed or stripped to
expose the adhesive and enable it to be adhered to a surface;
subclass 352 for a composite stock material having an
adhesive outermost surface and also having a release or
anti-stick coating (usually on the surface opposite the
adhesive surface).
Subclass:
255
This subclass is indented under subclass 250. Processes in
which a workpiece and cutter are rotated relative to one
another and during rotation the workpiece is cut to produce
therefrom a planar lamina, the line of cutting starting at
the periphery of working and inwardly of the body toward the
axis of revolution.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
144, Woodworking, subclass 207 for peeling of bark from
osiers (to be used in making wicker furniture) and subclasses
208.1+ for peeling of bark, generally.
Subclass:
256
This subclass is indented under subclass 250. Processes in
which the cutting, punching, tearing or severing is performed
prior to the association of the laminae.
Subclass:
257
This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Processes in
which a lamina is cut (1) only partially through a workpiece
thickness or (2) partially along the width whereby the
workpiece is not separated into plural discrete workpieces.
(1) Note. Processes directed to scoring of a lamina to be
joined with another lamina is within the scope of this
subclass.
(2) Note. The partial cutting can be through an edge surface
as well as through a facing surface of a sheet-like lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
268 for processes where the laminae are associated and then
there is a partial cutting.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
83, Cutting, subclass 861 for processes and apparatus for
cutting other than completely through the work.
Subclass:
258
This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Processes in
which the cutting occurs only on edge surfaces to be bonded
one to the other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
159 for splicing methods in which the joining edges of
indefinite length laminae have been cut or beveled.
535 for means for laminating combined with means of shaping,
scarifying or cleaning joining surfaces.
Subclass:
259
This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Processes
directed to uninterruptedly slitting a web-like lamina in a
line parallel to its longitudinal axis.
Subclass:
260
This subclass is indented under subclass 259. Processes in
which the slitting operation produces a plurality of laminae
which are thereafter superposed so that a broad surface of
one lamina is bonded to a broad surface of the other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
264 for processes of cutting plural laminae from single
stock and assembling to each other not involving a continuous
longitudinal cutting step.
Subclass:
261
This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Processes
directed to cutting of a discrete product out of the confines
of a workpiece through its thickness so that the cut does not
intersect any edge of the workpiece and using the cutting
implement to exert pressure upon the product in order to
bring the product into association with another lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
83, Cutting, appropriate subclasses for processes and
apparatus for punching.
Subclass:
262
This subclass is indented under subclass 261. Processes in
which the product cut out is applied to the internal surface
of a closure cap.
(1) Note. Processes of applying a liner to bottle caps by
punching the liner from a workpiece and applying the liner by
means of the punch are included in this subclass.
Subclass:
263
This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Processes
directed to independently cutting at least two sheets or webs
while not in contact with each other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
511 for surface bonding apparatus combined with plural
severing means for separate workpieces.
Subclass:
264
This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Processes in
which stock material is cut into more than one lamina and the
resultant laminae are (1) laminated to each other; or (2)
more than one of the laminae are bonded to a separate and
independent lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
260 for processes including a step of continuous
longitudinal slitting followed by face to face laminating of
the parts cut from the single sheet.
512 for apparatus under the class definition combined with
severing followed by association of parts from the same
source.
Subclass:
265
This subclass is indented under subclass 264. Processes in
which the plural laminae are each applied to a single face of
an additional lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
297 for processes of laminating plural discrete laminae to a
single face of an additional lamina.
Subclass:
266
This subclass is indented under subclass 264. Processes in
which the extremity of one of the plural laminae is
associated with the extremity of another of the plural
laminae cut from the stock material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
49 for processes of splicing indefinite length conductors.
157 for processes of splicing indefinite length lamina
end-to-end.
Subclass:
267
This subclass is indented under subclass 250. Processes in
which the step of cutting or severing is performed subsequent
to lamination and is for the removal of superfluous portions
of the sandwich or removal of that superfluous portion of the
sandwich which extends beyond the sandwich joint.
Subclass:
268
This subclass is indented under subclass 250. Processes
combined with the step of (1) partially cutting, incising or
grooving through a portion of the thickness of one lamina of
a sandwich or (2) cutting through the entire thickness of
only one of the laminae of a sandwich, the cutting occurring
within the adhered area of the sandwich.
(1) Note. Processes directed to scoring, grooving or
incising of the laminated material are found in this
subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
257 for the partial cutting of laminae prior to
association.
270 for processes of cutting one web only in which the
cutting is subsequent to lamination and the cutting occurs
other than within the confines of both laminae.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
83, Cutting, 861 for processes and means of cutting other
than completely through the work.
Subclass:
269
This subclass is indented under subclass 250. Processes in
which the severing operation is performed on a workpiece of
indefinite length or continuously moving during the cutting
operation.
(1) Note. See the class definition,Glossary for the
definition of "Indefinite Length Work".
Subclass:
270
This subclass is indented under subclass 269. Processes in
which only a single web is cut.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
268 for processes of cutting one lamina only in which the
cutting occurs within the surface area of both laminae.
Subclass:
271
This subclass is indented under subclass 269. Processes in
which the laminated material is uninterruptedly cut in a line
parallel to its major axis.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
259 for processes of longitudinally cutting a lamina prior
to its lamination to another lamina.
Subclass:
272.2
With direct application of electrical, magnetic, or radiant
energy to work:
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes which
include the step of (a) passing an electric current directly
through the work, (b) subjecting the work to a changing
electric field, or (c) directly applying magnetic or radiant
energy to the work.
(1) Note. Work is the object or material which results
from, or is intended to be subjected to, an adhesive
bonding.
(2) Note. The electrical energy or wave energy must act
directly on the work and not, for example, by connection or
conduction of heat from an element not constituting part of
the work.
(3) Note. The wave energy applied to the work may be light,
ultraviolet rays, infrared rays, X-rays, cathode rays and
emanations of radioactive material by particle emission,
electron bombardment, electromagnetic fields, and like
sources.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
379.6 for adhesive-bonding apparatus having means applying
electrical, electrostatic, or wave energy to work.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, appropriate subclasses for processes of
metal working or shaping comprising a plurality of operations
which include an adhesive-bonding step along with a
metal-shaping step. Note especially subclass 900 for a
process or apparatus for assembling articles or materials by
means of an enduring electrostatic charging of the work; and
subclasses 592.1+ for methods of making electrical devices
which may include an electrostatic charging of laminate.
118, Coating Apparatus, 715 for coating apparatus with means
to apply electrical energy to work and/or coating material
and means to contact the work with coating material in a
gaseous or vaporous state; and subclasses 620+ for coating
apparatus in general provided with means to apply electrical
energy to work and/or coating material.
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, subclass 50 and 192
for processes of utilizing electrical energy in a
paper-making operation.
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, 155, 157.15, and
164 for electrical or wave energy treatment of surfaces to
effect a chemical change in the surface.
219, Electric Heating, appropriate subclasses for electric
heating, per se.
250, Radiant Energy, 324, for methods and apparatus for the
corona irradiation of material; subclasses 453.11+ for
methods and apparatus including supports for irradiating
objects; and subclasses 492.1+ for methods and apparatus for
the irradiation of objects generally.
427, Coating Processes, search 457 for coating processes
utilizing the direct application of electrical, magnetic,
wave, or particulate energy.
Subclass:
272.4
Involving magnetically susceptible lamina or incorporating
into the work a particulate susceptor material having
magnetic properties:
This subclass is indented under subclass 272.2. Processes
wherein at least one of the laminae to be bonded contains, or
is coated with, a particulate susceptible material having
magnetic properties, or wherein at least one of the lamina to
be bonded is capable of being heated by a magnetic field.
Subclass:
272.6
Exposure of work to corona or glow discharge:
This subclass is indented under subclass 272.2. Processes
wherein means are provided for impacting the work (either
before or after assembly) with ions resulting from the
incomplete electrical discharge from an electrode.
(1) Note. This subclass includes those processes of using
corona or glow discharge to form a permanent bond in the work
without the further use of other electrical, magnetic, or
radiant energy and those processes of using corona or glow
discharge to form an incomplete bond in the work before the
further application of electrical, magnetic, or radiant
energy.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
273.1 for processes of forming a bond by an electrostatic
charge.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
250, Radiant Energy, 324 for methods and apparatus for the
corona irradiation of material.
Subclass:
272.8
Exposure of work to laser:
This subclass is indented under subclass 272.2. Processes
wherein said energy is applied in the form of natural
oscillations of atoms or molecules between energy levels for
generating coherent electromagnetic radiation in the
ultraviolet, visible, or infrared regions of the spectrum.
Subclass:
273.1
Developing electrostatic charge:
Processes under 272.2 wherein at least one lamina is
electrostatically charged in order to enhance the formation
of a permanent bond in the work.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclass 900 for processes or means for
assembling by charging of work.
219, Electric Heating, 600 for inductive heating, subclasses
678+ for microwave heating, and subclasses 764+ for
capacitive dielectric heating.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, 225 for a
process of imparting an electrical charge to a material or
object.
Subclass:
273.3
Before final assembly; e.g., to cure lamina, etc.:
This subclass is indented under subclass 272.2. Processes
wherein electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy is applied to
lamina prior to assembly of final work product.
Subclass:
273.5
Before and after final assembly:
This subclass is indented under subclass 273.3. Processes
wherein electrical, magnetic or radiant energy is applied in
two different steps, one of which is prior to and the other
after final assembly of work product.
Subclass:
273.7
Applying pressure before electrical, magnetic, or radiant
energy:
This subclass is indented under subclass 272.2. Processes
wherein pressure is applied to work (either prior to or
before final assembly of the work product) before the work is
treated with electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy.
(1) Note. This subclass includes those processes wherein
pressure is applied to the work to assemble the final
product, provided such pressure is precedent to the
application of electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy.
Subclass:
273.9
Work constitutes conductor or electrical circuit:
This subclass is indented under subclass 272.2. Processes
wherein at least a portion of the work after final assembly
is a conductor which is to be used as a component of an
electric circuit to which an electric current is to be
directly applied.
(1) Note. This subclass includes subjecting metal work to
an electric field which causes a current to be developed
within the work, thereby resulting in heating of the metal
work.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
47 for processes of making running or indefinite length
electrical conductors.
272.2 and 275.1 - 275.7, and other appropriate subclasses
for a process of adhesive bonding which includes subjecting
metal work to a radiant or magnetic field.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 592 for processes of manufacturing
devices from metal which produce or use electrical energy.
219, Electric Heating, 653 and 775+ for an article or
material support conveyor used in a process wherein the work
or electric field or both move relative to each other in an
electric field.
252, Compositions, 500 for conductive and emission
compositions and electrical devices defined solely in terms
of their composition with no claimed significant composition
with no claimed significant device structure. These devices
include electrodes, filaments, or shields for electric lamps
and electric space discharge devices, welding electrodes,
contacts, switches, brushes, and resistances.
Subclass:
274.2
Conductor is a coil:
Processes under 273.9 wherein a coil conductor is
incorporated into the work.
(1) Note. This subclass provides for electric resistance
wires coiled around lamina before the application of said
energy, said wire constituting part of the work.
Subclass:
274.4
Exposure of work to electrode:
This subclass is indented under subclass 272.2. Processes
wherein an electrode is used to impart energy to the work
product after final assembly.
(1) Note. An electrode is a device by which an electric
current passes into or out of a cell, apparatus, or body, and
includes a simple wire.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
252, Compositions, 500 for electrodes defined solely in
terms of their composition with no claimed significant device
structure.
Subclass:
274.6
Continuously moving work in relation to electrode:
This subclass is indented under subclass 274.4. Subject
matter in which the work moves relative to the electric field
produced by the electrode.
Subclass:
274.8
With application of adhesive:
This subclass is indented under subclass 274.4. Subject
matter wherein an adhesive is applied to at least one lamina
before the work is exposed to the electric field produced by
the electrode.
Subclass:
275.1
Only part of contacting lamina surfaces bonded; e.g.,
seaming, etc..:
This subclass is indented under subclass 272.2. Processes
wherein bonding of contacting lamina surfaces occurs only at
selected contacting areas.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
292 for processes for bonding two contacting laminae which
have opposed portions out of contact or spaced from each
other and which does not use electrical, magnetic, or radiant
energy.
308.4 for bonding two contacting laminae without the use of
an extraneous adhesive material at selected contacting areas
without the use of electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy.
Subclass:
275.3
With application of adhesive:
Processes under 275.1 wherein an adhesive is applied to at
least one lamina.
Subclass:
275.5
To polymerize or cure material in work:
This subclass is indented under subclass 272.2. Processes
wherein said energy is used in a bonding to induce a chemical
reaction in which molecules are united to produce material of
higher molecular weight than the starting material.
Subclass:
275.7
With application of adhesive:
This subclass is indented under subclass 272.2. Process
wherein an adhesive is applied to a lamina.
Subclass:
276
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes in
which the particulate material is applied to that surface of
a lamina which will be bonded to a different lamina.
Subclass:
277
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with the step of applying a coating to a lamina,
which coating is in the nature of a design or character and
is applied by a member carrying the configured coating.
(1) Note. The printing in this subclass includes the
printing of an adhesive.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
101, Printing, appropriate subclasses, for printing
processes, per se.
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, subclass 134 for
processes of making paper combined with a printing step.
Subclass:
278
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with the step of applying a coating material or
compound to a surface of at least one lamina spaced from or
other than that which is bonded.
(1) Note. Impregnation of a part with a coating material
whose sole function is to bond parts together is excluded
from this and indented subclasses even though the
impregnating step may incidentally apply a coating to the
nonadherent face of the part.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
427, Coating Processes, appropriate subclasses, for processes
of coating in general.
Subclass:
279
This subclass is indented under subclass 278. Processes in
which a fluent material comprised of discrete particles is
applied to a lamina which particles are not, per se, adhesive
for the purpose of bonding laminae.
(1) Note. The step of applying particulate material while
suspended in a liquid is not within the scope of this
subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
26 for processes of associating discrete fibers or
particulate material only to form a self-supporting lamina.
283 for processes of applying particles which are utilized
as a bonding medium in assembly of plural laminae.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
51, Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or Composition,
subclass 297 for a method of making abrasive particles in
which a laminating step is employed.
427, Coating Processes, 180 for coating processes wherein
solid particles or fibers are applied.
Subclass:
280
This subclass is indented under subclass 278. Processes
directed to the step of coating of the nonadherent face of a
lamina subsequent to its bonding to another lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
305 for laminating processes whereby the adhesive, per se,
is applied after assembly of the laminae.
Subclass:
281
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
combined with a step which is, per se, (1) not provided for
in this class and (2) performs a function other than that
usually utilized during the fabrication of the laminated
product to perfect the bonding between the laminae.
(1) Note. The combination of assembly and/or joining by
bonding with a step of sewing other than through the bonded
joint is provided for in this subclass. Also included herein
is application of pressure to reduce the overall thickness of
the sandwich, the pressure being greater than that necessary
to perfect the bond between the laminae. For sewing through a
bonded joint see subclass 93 above.
(2) Note. Operations necessary to the formation of the
sandwich are heating, applying adhesive and applying pressure
to an assembly of laminae to perfect the bond. These steps
are not considered to fall within the scope of "combined" and
are provided for below.
(3) Note. See section "B. Laminating Combined With Other
Operations" of the class definition of this class for the
lines with other classes and the locus of patents relating to
laminating combined with other operations.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
93 and see (1) Note above.
Subclass:
282
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes in
which the lamina is subjected to the application of heat to
one portion of the surface area thereof while simultaneously
cooling another portion of the surface area.
Subclass:
283
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes in
which the bonding agent is applied to the adhering face of at
least one of the laminae in a dry particulate state.
(1) Note. Included in this and indented subclasses are
bonding materials which are in the form of granules, pellets,
beads, flakes, platelets or powdered state and are not
dispersed in a liquid medium.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
279 for the mass application of nonadhesive particles to
laminae.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
427, Coating Processes, 180 for coating processes wherein
solid particles or fibers are applied.
Subclass:
284
This subclass is indented under subclass 283. Processes in
which a liquid is applied to the particles to render said
particles tacky, said liquid being applied subsequent to the
application of the particulate material.
Subclass:
285
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes in
which (1) pressure less than atmospheric is applied to the
work during the association of the laminae or (2) where a
force is exerted by a fluent medium directly onto the work
during association of the laminae.
(1) Note. The reduced pressure or the fluid pressure may be
applied to bring the lamina into contact or to effect more
intimate contact of the laminae.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
104 for the evacuation of air during the making of optically
transparent glass sandwiches.
381 for evacuated or fluid pressure chamber enclosing the
work.
Subclass:
286
This subclass is indented under subclass 285. Processes in
which air is removed from between the assembled laminae by
vacuum or fluid pressure.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
100, Presses, subclass 90 for presses with means to remove
air from material while being pressed.
Subclass:
287
This subclass is indented under subclass 285. Processes in
which fluid pressure or vacuum is applied to an element
covering the inner surface of a cavity that is at least
partially enclosed.
Subclass:
288
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes in
which a force is exerted simultaneously upon a plurality of
independent assemblies or separate sandwiches which are not
bonded one to the other.
(1) Note. The separate sandwiches may be in a stacked
relationship, in a noncontacting arrangement or in other type
of relationship during the simultaneous application of
pressure to the several sandwiches.
Subclass:
289
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes in
which a bond inhibiting material is used to prevent adhesion
between laminae in areas that might otherwise bond in the
absence of the material.
(1) Note. The parting or release material may be in the
form of a film or powder.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
90 for processes using a barrier layer to prevent migration
or bleeding between laminae.
323 for processes utilizing a subsequently removed flexible
element interposed between the work and the pressure
surface.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, 40.1, for a
composite stock material product having a layer of adhesive
and a covering therefor which must be removed or stripped to
expose the adhesive and enable it to be adhered to a surface;
subclass 352 for a composite stock material having an
adhesive outermost surface and also having a release or
anti-stick coating (usually on the surface opposite the
adhesive surface).
Subclass:
290
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes in
which superposed laminae touching each other at all points
are adhered to each other at a plurality of spaced
noncontiguous areas.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, for a
composite stock material product in which components are
secured together by a discontinuous or differential coating,
impregnation or bond.
Subclass:
291
This subclass is indented under subclass 290. Processes in
which the laminae are secured at spaced areas by an applied
adhesive, the adhesive being applied at the spaced secured
areas only.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
427, Coating Processes, 256 for processes of forming
nonuniform coatings.
Subclass:
292
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
directed to bonding at least two contacting laminae which
have opposed portions out of contact or spaced from each
other.
(1) Note. This subclass includes processes directed to
adhering two hemispheres together to form a sphere and
applying a flat lamina to the apexes of an already embossed
lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
197 for processes of permanently bending or reshaping
self-sustaining laminae by separating laminae between spaced
secured areas.
210 for processes of forming an undulated sheet and securing
said sheet to a base with parts of the shaped areas out of
contact.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
65, Glass Manufacturing, subclass 58 for a process of
bonding a glass part to a preformed part by a glassworking
operation, where the parts have opposed facing areas out of
contact.
Subclass:
293
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes in
which an element is put into an opening or recess in a lamina
and is bonded to an internal surface of the opening.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
98 for repairing processes involving a step of replacing a
defective area of a part by inserting a new piece in the
aperture left by the removal of the defective area.
Subclass:
294
This subclass is indented under subclass 293. Processes
directed to telescoping a tube or rod-like member within a
tubular body.
Subclass:
295
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
directed to applying an adhesive to a restricted area of a
lamina and subsequent to assembly applying an external force
to the assembly to cause the adhesive to cover a greater area
of the lamina.
Subclass:
296
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes for
bonding individual laminae of finite length and being of
great length relative to cross-section and of relatively
regular cross-section.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
166 for processes for bonding flexible filamentary material
while in indefinite or running length.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, appropriate
subclasses for a processes of manufacturing a fibrous web by
a process which includes water laying. The web may be held
together by adhesive forces stemming from an extraneously
applied material or from a component or property inherent in
the fiber.
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, 109 for a process of manufacturing an article,
e.g., a web, from staple-length nonmetal fibers by a process
which excludes a water-laying step.
419, Powder Metallurgy Processes, appropriate subclasses for
methods of making articles from particulate metal-containing
materials using pressure, with or without heat.
Subclass:
297
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes in
which at least two separate and distinct elements are
individually and separately directly united to the same
surface of another lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
560 for apparatus for uniting plural discrete elements to a
single base.
Subclass:
298
This subclass is indented under subclass 297. Processes in
which at least two of the plural discrete laminae or a
portion thereof are forced into the surface to which they are
bonded.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 432 for a method including a step of
piercing one part by another, e.g., stapling or nailing.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, subclass 614
for metallic stock material comprising one component embedded
in another component.
Subclass:
299
This subclass is indented under subclass 297. Processes in
which all laminae including the discrete laminae are parallel
to each other and each surface thereof has an even plane
surface.
Subclass:
300
This subclass is indented under subclass 299. Processes
directed to superposing at least one additional lamina over
the discrete laminae.
Subclass:
301
This subclass is indented under subclass 300. Processes in
which the discrete laminae are applied to a continuously
moving web of indefinite length and thereafter superposing on
the discrete laminae another continuously moving web of
indefinite length.
Subclass:
302
This subclass is indented under subclass 299. Processes in
which the plural discrete laminae are applied to a
continuously moving web of indefinite length.
Subclass:
303
This subclass is indented under subclass 302. Processes in
which the discrete laminae are supplied to the indefinite
length web from a plurality of different sources.
Subclass:
303.1
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes which
include inserting a solid element into the surface of a
preformed plastic body with no reshaping of the plastic body
other than that which is caused by displacement of material
due to the insertion of the solid element.
(1) Note. Patents in which localized plastic reshaping
occurs due to displacement of material in the area where the
part is inserted are included here unless the plastic
reshaping is caused by a member other than the part being
inserted. For patents in which the plastic body is
simultaneously shaped by a mold element see the search notes
to Class 264 below.
(2) Note. The preform or the plastic part may or may not be
heated.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
91 for mechanical joining combined with laminating.
293 for patents in which the preform is inserted into the
recess of the plastic part.
298 for patents in which multiple preforms are inserted into
the plastic part.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, 271.1 for inserting a preform part into a plastic
body and simultaneously reshaping the body with a mold
element.
Subclass:
304.1
Butt edge joining of laminae:
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
directed to uniting laminae edge to edge without overlapping
of the edges.
(1) Note. The butt joint may be reinforced by applying
thereto a tape or additional strengthening element.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
49 for processes of joining indefinite length conductors end
to end.
157 for processes of joining indefinite length laminae end
to end.
502 for apparatus for joining indefinite length laminae end
to end.
544 for apparatus for joining indefinite length laminae edge
to edge.
Subclass:
304.2
Joining of nonplanar elements; e.g., configured hollow
objects, etc.:
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.1. Processes
directed to uniting laminae edge to edge wherein the lamina
are nonplanar.
(1) Note. Included herein are processes of joining
corrugated lamina and processes of assembly of containers or
other finite length hollow elements.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
296 for processes of joining tubes or filaments of
indefinite length.
Subclass:
304.3
With joiner member or reinforcement:
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.1. Processes
directed to joining laminae edge to edge wherein an
additional member is applied to add mechanical strength to
the joint.
Subclass:
304.4
Carpet or fabric joined:
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.3. Processes
directed to the process of joining carpeting or fabric edge
to edge and which utilize a reinforcement of the joint area.
(1) Note. Typically the reinforcement is a tape.
Subclass:
304.5
With preliminary edge treatment or joining of edges of
irregular shape; e.g., tongue and groove, beveled, etc.:
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.1. Processes in
which prior to joining the edges are physically or chemically
treated to perfect the joining operation or in which the
edges are nonplanar or are not perpendicular to the face of
other the lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
258 for processes of edge treatment by cutting.
Subclass:
304.6
By heat:
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.1. Processes
directed to the edge to edge joining of lamina including the
use of increased temperature to effect joining.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
219, Electric Heating, 101 for the butt joining of metal by
means of pressure while heating by an electric current.
Subclass:
304.7
Of carpet or fabric:
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.1. Processes in
which the lamina joined is carpeting or fabric.
Subclass:
305
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes in
which bonding is effected after assembly of the laminae by
subsequent application thereto of the adhesive, per se, or a
solvent or other chemical activating agent to render tacky or
adhesive the uncoated or coated contacting facing surfaces.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
278 for processes for coating the nonadhering face of a
lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, appropriate
subclasses for a process of manufacturing a fibrous web which
includes water laying and the addition of an extraneous
binder or activator to the web while still wet.
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, 109 for a process of manufacturing an article,
e.g., a web, from staple-length fibers by a process which
excludes a water-laying step, especially subclass 128 for the
addition of a liquid binder subsequent to fiber assembly.
Subclass:
306.3
By pressure or drying only, without tack; e.g., for easy
delamination, etc..:
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Subject matter
wherein a bond, often temporary, between two laminae is
accomplished by pressing the laminae together without an
adhesive and without developing tack in either lamina, or by
merely assembling the laminae and drying the laminate in
assembled condition.
(1) Note. Usually the bonding is performed at ambient
temperatures.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 428 for an assembly and/or joining
process involving mechanical interlocking of parts or of a
mechanical fastener.
Subclass:
306.6
Using single, preformed, diverse bonding lamina between other
laminae:
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Subject matter
wherein a laminate having at least three plies is assembled,
an inner lamina being a self-sustaining sheet composed of a
single lamina which is tackified in the process to bond the
outer laminae together, the inner lamina having a composition
different from either of the outer laminae.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
305 for a process in which a bonding sheet is applied to the
outside of laminae to be bonded.
313 for a laminating process which uses an intermediate
laminae, e.g., a coated substrate, as a bonding sheet between
uncoated laminae.
325 for a process which uses a particular adhesive for
bonding two or more laminae to obtain a particular three-
or-more layered product, wherein the adhesive is introduced
to the process as other than a self-sustaining sheet.
Subclass:
306.9
Including curing of nonfully polymerized material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 306.6. Subject
matter wherein the bonding process includes a chemical
reaction in which molecules are united to produce material of
higher molecular weight than the starting material.
(1) Note. The reaction may be the polymerization of a
monomer, chain-extension or cross-linking of an intermediate
polymer, etc..
(2) Note. When the word "curing" is used it is assumed that
cross-linking takes place.
(3) Note. The cross-linking phenomenon may involve reaction
with functional groups forming a part of the "outside"
laminae to be bonded.
Subclass:
307.1
By curing of nonfully polymerized self-sustaining lamina:
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Subject matter
wherein at least one of the self-sustaining laminae to be
bonded has not been completely polymerized, that is, it
contains reactable functional groups, and the bonding process
includes a chemical reaction in which such groups are reacted
to form molecules of higher weight than the starting
material. The reaction takes place within the lamina to be
bonded or involves the uniting of the aforementioned
functional groups with functional groups of another lamina to
be bonded or of another substance which is between the
laminae.
(1) Note. Exemplary of functional groups in a lamina are
the olefinic double bonds of natural rubber, the free
hydroxyl groups remaining in a cellulose-partial acetate
ester, hydrous oxide groups on the surface of a metal, etc..
(2) Note. The reaction may be one in which a monomeric
material is polymerized or in which an intermediate polymer
is cross-linked, chain-extended, etc..
(3) Note. When the word "curing" is used, it is assumed
that cross-linking takes place.
(4) Note. A cross-linking reaction generally produces a
so-called "thermoset" bond which is no longer susceptible to
softening by heat.
(5) Note. This subclass is limited to those processes in
which at least some polymerization takes place at the time of
bonding; final curing (e.g., of a coating, etc..) before
assembly is not covered by this subclass.
(6) Note. Curing of an adhesive only, between the laminae
to be bonded, after assembly of the sandwich, without the
involvement of functional groups in a lamina to be bonded, is
not covered by this subclass. See subclasses 325+.
Subclass:
307.3
With coating or impregnating a face to be adhered:
This subclass is indented under subclass 307.1. Subject
matter wherein at least one lamina to be bonded is treated
with a material which penetrates the lamina at least in part
or which forms a coating on a face to be adhered.
(1) Note. The coating need not be applied as a liquid or
particulate solid but may be a gaseous treating agent which
reacts with the substance of the lamina to form a so-called
"reaction coating".
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
182 for a process of binding in which an intermediate
laminate, (e.g., a coated substrate, etc..), is bonded to
another laminate by completing polymerization, e.g.,
vulcanization, between the intermediate laminates.
278 for a process in which a nonadherent face of a lamina is
coated.
Subclass:
307.4
Indefinite plurality of similar impregnated thin sheets;
e.g., "decorative laminate" type, etc..:
This subclass is indented under subclass 307.3. Subject
matter wherein an unspecified number, greater than two, of
sheets are bonded together by curing, each sheet being of
similar material to the others and having at least one
negligible dimension, each sheet having been impregnated with
a fluid material before or after assembly of the stack.
(1) Note. The products usually are "decorative laminates"
such as are used for counter tops, dishes, etc.., sold under
trade names such as Formica, Melmac, etc..
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
330.9 for other bonding processes using melamine-derived
resins.
Subclass:
307.5
Coating solidified; e.g., by drying, etc.., before assembly:
This subclass is indented under subclass 307.3. Subject
matter in which the material in or on the lamina develops the
properties of a solid before being assembled with another
lamina.
Subclass:
307.7
Including uncurable lamina; e.g., metal, paper, etc..:
This subclass is indented under subclass 307.1. Subject
matter wherein one of the laminae to be bonded has no
functional groups available for chemical reaction internally
or with a lamina bonded to it in the process.
Subclass:
308.2
By tackifying substance of self-sustaining lamina to be
bonded; e.g., autogenous bonding, etc..:
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Subject matter
wherein bonding is achieved without use of an extraneous
adhesive material by making a portion of a lamina which is to
be bonded, per se, tacky.
(1) Note. Tackiness is usually achieved by heat or by a
swelling or solvent action.
(2) Note. Subject matter for this subclass includes
autogenous bonding of a fibrous web to another lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
166 especially, subclass 181, for autogenous bonding of
filaments of indefinite length or in the form of running
lengths, to each other, to form a web.
182 for a bonding process in which one laminate (e.g., a
coated substrate, etc..) is bonded to another laminate by
tackifying a single lamina of one or both of the intermediate
laminates.
324.4 for a process in which a single lamina, e.g., a
coating, etc.., of an intermediate laminate, e.g., a coated
substrate, etc.., is tackified for bonding to another
lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, appropriate
subclasses for a process of manufacturing a fibrous web by a
process which include water laying. The web may be held
together by adhesive forces stemming from an extraneously
applied material or from a component or property inherent in
the fiber.
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, 109 for a process of manufacturing an article,
e.g., a web, for staple-length fibers by a process which
excludes a water-laying step, but which may include
autogenous bonding. See subclasses 123+.
Subclass:
308.4
Only part of contacting laminae surfaces bonded; e.g., seam,
seal, etc..:
This subclass is indented under subclass 308.2. Subject
matter wherein precautions are taken to prevent bonding of
contacting laminae surfaces at other than selected contacting
areas, usually by restricting heat and/or pressure and/or
solvent applications to the selected areas.
Subclass:
308.6
With treating agent application to a surface:
This subclass is indented under subclass 308.2. Subject
matter wherein a gaseous or liquid agent is applied to a
surface to be bonded to improve the bonding properties of the
surface.
(1) Note. Usually the added agent is a solvent which
tackifies the surface to be bonded.
(2) Note. The process need not include a step of removing
the treating agent.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
155 for a bonding process which includes a step of removing
a transitory solid material.
281 for a bonding procedure which includes a step which, per
se, is provided for in another patent class, e.g., cleaning,
etc..
305 for a bonding process which includes adding a treating
agent to a laminate after assembly.
Subclass:
308.8
Plural agents applied sequentially or to different laminae or
using water as sole agent:
This subclass is indented under subclass 308.6. Subject
matter wherein water is the sole agent used to cause
tackiness or in which more than one of the laminae to be
bonded are treated with different agents or in which a single
lamina is treated with an agent and then treated with another
agent.
(1) Note. The water may be applied as vapor or steam and
its purposes may be to heat a lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
306.3 for a process of adhering laminae where water may be
used, but in which the water causes no tackiness.
Subclass:
309.3
Diverse laminae:
This subclass is indented under subclass 308.6. Subject
matter in which one lamina to be bonded has a composition
different from another lamina to be bonded.
Subclass:
309.6
Involving defined plastic flow or melting of entire lamina:
This subclass is indented under subclass 308.2. Subject
matter wherein the bonding process includes a specified
flowing or movement of tackified interfacial lamina material
or the melting of an entire lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
196 for a bonding process which includes permanent bending
or reshaping or surface deformation of a self-sustaining
lamina.
306.6 for a bonding process wherein a self-sustaining
bonding sheet, different from and placed between other
laminae, is completely melted to bond the other laminae.
Subclass:
309.9
With heating or lamina prior to assembly:
This subclass is indented under subclass 308.2. Subject
matter wherein a lamina is heated to tackifying temperature
before it is assembled with the lamina to which it is to be
bonded.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
322 for adhesive bonding processes in general wherein a
lamina is heated before the application of adhesive.
Subclass:
310
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
wherein each facing surface of the laminae to be joined is
coated with a material which differs in composition from the
other.
(1) Note. Of the different coatings employed in this
subclass, one may be a primer for one lamina face and the
adhesive applied to the other, or, two different reactants
may be employed, one on each opposing face, which, after
contact of the laminae, form the adhesive by reaction
thereof, in situ.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
314 for processes of applying a plurality of different
coatings to the same facing surface of one of the laminae.
Subclass:
311
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes which
include the step of heating and cooling in any sequence
during the interval in which the laminating pressure is being
maintained.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
80 for laminating processes which include a refrigeration or
freezing step.
Subclass:
312
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes in
which the laminating pressure applied varies stepwise in
intensity or is applied intermittently or sequentially during
the laminating step.
(1) Note. The step of subjecting a lamina to continuously
increasing pressure is not considered sequential different
pressure applying for this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
103 for plural sequential pressures applied in optically
transparent glass sandwich making.
Subclass:
313
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
directed to interposing an intermediate laminate of at least
two layers, e.g., a coated lamina, etc.. between noncoated
outer laminae.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
106 for processes wherein a preformed adhesive layer is
employed in making glass sandwiches.
306.6 for a bonding process which uses a single, preformed,
diverse self-sustaining bonding lamina (which may be an
impregnated material) between other laminae.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, subclass 104 and 123
for processes involving waterlaid paper webs.
Subclass:
314
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
wherein the adhering face of at least one lamina is treated
one after the other with at least two different liquids or
liquefiable materials.
(1) Note. See Class 520, Synthetic Resins or Natural
Rubbers, subclasses 1+ for a statement of material proper for
Class 520.
(2) Note. The use of water or other agent for the mere
purpose of a preliminary washing or cleaning is not
sufficient to place a patent in this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
310 for processes in which each of the facing surfaces of
the laminae is coated, the two coatings being of dissimilar
material.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
427, Coating Processes, 402 for processes of applying
superposed diverse coatings, or coating a coated base.
Subclass:
315
This subclass is indented under subclass 314. Processes
wherein at least two of the sequential liquids are natural or
synthetic rubber and/or natural or synthetic resin containing
only liquefiable material.
Subclass:
316
This subclass is indented under subclass 314. Processes
wherein the first treatment of the adhering surface is with
an acidic or acid containing liquid or liquefiable acidic
material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
2 for etching processes in which an acidic material may be
used as an etchant, particularly subclass 3 for etching
combined with a laminating step.
Subclass:
317
This subclass is indented under subclass 314. Processes in
which at least one liquid or liquefiable material is a
protein containing liquid.
(1) Note. Proteins are a group of nitrogenous organic
compounds of high molecular weight which yield amino acids on
hydrolysis, e.g., casein, animal glue, albumin, etc..
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
328 and 336, for adhesives which contain proteinaceous
materials.
Subclass:
318
This subclass is indented under subclass 314. Processes in
which at least one liquid is a carbohydrate containing liquid
or carbohydrate containing liquefiable material.
(1) Note. Carbohydrates are organic compounds such as are
synthesized by plants of the general formula C[subscrpt]x[end
subscrpt](H[subscrpt]2[end subscrpt]O)[subscrpt]y[end
subscrpt], e.g., starches, sugars, etc..
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
328 and 336, for adhesives which contain carbohydrate
materials.
Subclass:
319
This subclass is indented under subclass 314. Processes in
which at least one liquid or liquefiable material is composed
of inorganic constituents only.
(1) Note. See note to subclass 314 above relative to the
use of water as a washing agent only.
Subclass:
320
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes in
which a dry nontacky coating of adhesive on at least one
facing surface of the laminae to be united is heated prior to
assembly contact thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
306 for autogenous bonding wherein one or both adhering
surfaces may be heated prior to assembly.
313 for processes wherein a coated adhesive carrier is
interposed between two outer laminae.
Subclass:
321
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
wherein one lamina is heated prior to assembly and the heat
from the lamina is utilized to heat the dry adhesive on the
opposed lamina.
Subclass:
322
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes
wherein the lamina is heated after coating with adhesive but
prior to assembly, or wherein the lamina or base is heated
prior to application of the adhesive.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
306 for autogenous bonding which may involve heating of one
or more laminae prior to assembly.
Subclass:
323
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes in
which a removable flexible and/or resilient element is placed
between the laminae to be bonded and pressure means
employed.
(1) Note. This subclass takes, for example, those
laminating steps in which the laminae are enclosed in a
cellophane bag which protects the pressure means from
extruded resin, or where pressure is transmitted through a
resilient layer for desired effects.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
90 for barrier layers which are employed to prevent
migration or bleeding between laminae.
288 for processes of making plural sandwiches simultaneously
wherein a nonadhesive separatory layer or element is employed
between sandwiches.
289 for processes in which a parting or release material is
employed to prevent adhesion.
Subclass:
324
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes which
provide for lamination of running webs or sheets or those of
indefinite length in a continuous operation.
(1) Note. See section III of the class definition of this
class for the definition of indefinite length work.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, subclass 104 and
123+ for processes wherein waterlaid paper webs are
employed.
Subclass:
324.4
By tackifying a single lamina of intermediate laminate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Subject matter
wherein an intermediate laminate, e.g., a coated substrate,
is bonded to a single lamina by tackifying a single lamina of
the intermediate laminate.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
182 for a process of bonding two intermediate laminates.
Subclass:
325
This subclass is indented under subclass 60. Processes in
which the adhesive employed is specifically named or
identified by composition thereof or chemical structure.
(1) Note. Patents in this and indented subclasses provide
for use of specifically identified adhesives in a laminating
operation involving no manipulative step provided for above.
Individual compounds and compositions, per se, which may be
disclosed to possess adhesive utility are classified on the
basis of chemical structure or ingredients therein in Class
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, Class 260, Chemistry
of Carbon Compounds and Class 423, Chemistry of Inorganic
Compounds. Patents from these and other composition classes
may be cross-referenced into these subclasses where a
laminating process is claimed or where a specific example in
the specification is limited to laminating. The mere
reference in the specification to the effect that a
composition is a good adhesive is not sufficient to place a
cross-reference in these subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
283 for adhesives which are applied in particulate form.
309 for preformed intermediate layers or laminae which may
be disclosed to have utility as a bonding agent between other
dissimilar laminae.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
subclass 77 for an adhesive trapping composition.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, appropriate
subclasses for a stock material product in the form of
composite web or sheet, including a particular adhesive, and
especially 355 where the adhesive is the outermost layer and
subclasses 411.1+ which provide for nonstructural plural
layer products categorized by the composition of the
respective layers, the adhesive employed between layers being
considered as one of the layers.
Subclass:
326
This subclass is indented under subclass 325. Adhesives
which contain or consist of organic compounds.
(1) Note. Attention is directed to the definition of Class
260, Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, for the scope of the term
"organic compounds" and of the various types of organic
compounds provided for in the subclasses indented thereunder
as well as for the scope of such terms as rubber, for which
see specifically Class 520, Synthetic Resins or Natural
Rubbers and the search notes thereto.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate subclass
for coating and plastic compositions which do not contain
synthetic resins and which may be disclosed to possess
adhesive utility.
Subclass:
327
This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Adhesives
which are resinous materials produced synthetically.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
520, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, 1 for an
explanation of the type of polymer which is proper for Class
520.
Subclass:
328
This subclass is indented under subclass 327. Resins which
also contain as an added ingredient carbohydrate and/or
protein ingredients or derivatives thereof.
Subclass:
329
This subclass is indented under subclass 327. Resins which
contain silicon.
Subclass:
330
This subclass is indented under subclass 327. Resins which
contain epoxy or oxirane groups or are reaction products of
compounds having epoxy or oxirane groups, that is containing
the triatomic ring [figure]
Subclass:
330.9
Nitrogenous resin:
This subclass is indented under subclass 327. Subject matter
wherein the resin adhesive contains nitrogen.
Subclass:
331.1
With polymerization completion, i.e., curing, after
assembly:
This subclass is indented under subclass 330.9. Subject
matter wherein the adhesive is applied in a nonfully
polymerized state and after assembly the sandwich is exposed
to a condition, e.g., heat, air, water, etc.., sufficient to
increase the molecular weight of at least some resin
component by reaction of functional groups contained
therein.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
307.1 and 309.6, for processes in which an incompletely
polymerized self-sustaining lamina is bonded by curing.
Subclass:
331.2
N only in unlinked side-chain or side-ring:
This subclass is indented under subclass 331.1. Subject
matter wherein the finished (e.g., cured, etc..) resin
adhesive has a polymer backbone free of nitrogen, the
nitrogen being found only in side-chains (e.g.,
polyacrylonitrile, etc..) or in side-rings (e.g.,
polyvinylpyridine, etc..) which are not cross-linked to other
polymer backbone material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
331.6 for bonding processes using similar adhesive but
without curing after assembly.
327 333 and 334, for bonding processes using other vinyl-type
resins.
Subclass:
331.3
Derived from aldehyde or ketone:
This subclass is indented under subclass 331.1. Subject
matter wherein the curing or the preparation of the
prefinal-polymer involves the reaction of an moiety.
[figure]
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
307.4 for the use of aldehyde-type resins, such as
urea-aldehyde resins or melamine-aldehyde resins in
"decorative laminate" manufacture involving the impregnation
of thin sheets followed by assembling a stack of sheets and
curing.
Subclass:
331.4
Iso- or thio-cyanate moiety reacted in curing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 331.1. Subject
matter wherein a -N=C=O or -N=C=S moiety in the resin
precursor is destroyed in the curing.
Subclass:
331.5
N in a ring:
This subclass is indented under subclass 331.1. Subject
matter wherein the resin precursor contains a cyclic moiety
and the cyclic moiety contains nitrogen.
Subclass:
331.6
N only in unlinked side-chain or side-ring; e.g., polyvinyl
pyridine, etc..:
This subclass is indented under subclass 330.9. Subject
matter wherein the resin adhesive has a polymer backbone free
of nitrogen, the nitrogen being found only in side-chains
(e.g., polyacrylonitrile, etc..) or in side-rings (e.g.,
polyvinyl pyridine, etc..) which are not cross-linked to
other polymer backbone material.
Subclass:
331.7
Derived from iso- or thio-cyanate; e.g., polyurethane,
etc..:
This subclass is indented under subclass 330.9. Subject
matter wherein the resin has been prepared from a starting
material or intermediate containing the -N-C=O or -N=C=S
moiety.
Subclass:
331.8
Derived from acyclic compound containing N:
This subclass is indented under subclass 330.9. Subject
matter wherein the resin has been prepared from a starting
material or intermediate free from cyclic moieties and
containing nitrogen.
Subclass:
331.9
And aldehyde ketone or carbocyclic moiety-containing
compound:
This subclass is indented under subclass 331.8. Subject
matter wherein the resin has been prepared from the acyclic
nitrogenous compound and from a starting material or
intermediate that contains a carbocyclic ring, a ketone
group, or an aldehyde group. [figure]
Subclass:
332
This subclass is indented under subclass 327. Resins which
contain polycarboxylic ester groups.
(1) Note. This subclass includes such resins as the alkyds,
i.e., those formed from the reaction of polybasic acids, such
as terephthalic acid, and glycols, and those formed by
polymerization of unsaturated mono-esters such as methyl
acrylate and vinyl acetate.
Subclass:
333
This subclass is indented under subclass 327. Resins which
contain at least some halogenated hydrocarbon.
(1) Note. Synthetic rubber-like materials which are
halogenated hydrocarbons are included herein, e.g., neoprene
or other polymers of chloroprene, polyvinyl chloride.
Subclass:
334
This subclass is indented under subclass 327. Resins which
are hydrocarbon resin containing.
(1) Note. Included herein are materials such as
butadiene-styrene polymers and polyethylene.
Subclass:
335
This subclass is indented under subclass 327. Resins which
contain phenol-aldehyde reaction products.
Subclass:
336
This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Adhesives
which contain protein and/or carbohydrate and derivatives
thereof.
(1) Note. Animal glue and starch pastes are examples of
proteins and carbohydrate adhesives, respectively, within the
scope of this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
328 for adhesive compositions which include both synthetic
resins and a carbohydrate and/or protein.
Subclass:
337
This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Adhesives
which contain bituminous products.
(1) Note. The term bituminous includes such materials as
asphalt and other tarry residues from petroleum or coal
origin.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, 273 for bituminous
containing compositions which may be disclosed to have
utility as adhesives.
520, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, Class 523, subclass
450 and 518, and Class 524, subclasses 59+ and 705 for
nonreactant bituminous material admixed with a synthetic
resin or natural rubbers and which composition may be
disclosed to have utility as an adhesive.
Subclass:
338
This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Adhesives
which contain natural rubber.
(1) Note. Various synthetic resins are rubbery materials
and these compositions are classified hereinabove (subclasses
327+) or in such classes as Class 520, Synthetic Resins or
Natural Rubbers, subclass 1 and indented classes thereunder,
on the basis of ingredients or reactants contained therein.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
260, Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, 709 for natural rubber
and compositions thereof, which may be disclosed to have
adhesive utility.
Subclass:
344
This subclass is indented under subclass 1. Processes
directed to separating at least one adhered layer or portion
thereof from another layer at their bonding faces, per se, in
which the layer retains its identity during separation.
(1) Note. Processes for the separation of laminae in which
a lamina is destroyed are generally classified in that class
which provides for the operation, per se. Thus, for example,
destroying a lamina by abrading will be found in Class 451
Abrading; by cutting, in Class 83, Cutting, appropriate
subclasses, etc..
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
247 for processes of delaminating combined with an assembly
and/or joining operation.
584 for delaminating apparatus.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
83, Cutting, appropriate subclasses, and see (1) Note above.
427, Coating Processes, appropriate subclasses, for removing
portions of a layer applied as a coating composition.
Processes of removing portions of a layer applied as a
coating composition not combined with a coating step are
classified in this class (156).
451, Abrading, for an abrading process in general, and see
the (1) Note above.
Subclass:
345
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Apparatus for treating a base with an etchant fluid the
device having means causing the etchant fluid to contact the
base in discontinuous or nonuniform manner.
(1) Note. In this subclass may be found, for example,
devices which etch a taper on elongated workpieces by
withdrawing at a controlled rate from an etching bath,
devices etching through a mask, devices directing a thin jet
of etchant at a particular spot on the workpiece to pierce
the workpiece, etc..
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
134, Cleaning and Liquid Contact With Solids, appropriate
subclasses for devices there provided for even though the
fluid may be disclosed and claimed as being an etchant.
Devices peculiarly adapted to discontinuous or nonuniform
etching are provided for in Class 156.
366, Agitating, appropriate subclasses for a mixing chamber
with agitating means therefor, which may be disclosed for use
with etching fluid.
Subclass:
346
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Apparatus particularly adapted to making sheets of settable
inorganic material covered on both faces with a preformed
sheet material.
(1) Note. In this subclass may be found, for example,
apparatus in which a plastic settable material is flowed onto
a backing sheet, and then a cover sheet is applied to the
face opposite face from the backing sheet.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
39 for plaster board making processes.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
425, Plastic Article or Earthenware Shaping or Treating:
Apparatus, subclass 123 for composite article making by
means supporting plural preforms in spaced relation in a
molding cavity.
Subclass:
347
This subclass is indented under subclass 346. Apparatus
having means to alter the configuration of the face of the
formed sheet.
(1) Note. In this subclass may be found apparatus for
forming and perforating the face of the sheet, indenting the
face of the sheet, etc..
Subclass:
348
This subclass is indented under subclass 346. Apparatus
having means modifying the formed sheet at or adjacent the
edge only.
(1) Note. In this subclass may be found, for example
devices beveling, indenting, or chamfering the edge only of
the sheet, folding the facing sheet at the edge, slitting at
the edge, etc..
Subclass:
349
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Apparatus having (a) means bringing adhesive parts into
contacting relationship one with the other, (b) means
bringing parts into contacting relationship and subsequently
causing them to be adhered, or (c) means causing previously
associated parts to be adhered one to the other.
(1) Note. Attention is directed to the class definition of
this class, sections "A. Bonding And/Or Assembly Therefor",
and "B. Laminating Combined With Other Operations", which set
forth in detail the lines with other classes and
supplementary fields of search.
Subclass:
350
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
having (1) means to sense a condition or change in condition
and in response thereto cause a control operation, or (2)
means directly responsive to presence or absence of the work
and causing a control operation.
(1) Note. With respect to (1) above, the condition sensed
must be something other than the normal cyclical operation of
the machine. Further, a change in the normal cycle of
operation caused by the intervention of the machine attendant
would not be included. With respect to (2) above, the normal
cyclical operation of the machine may be maintained or
controlled by the presence of work at the work station.
(2) Note. The condition sensed may be a condition or
property of the work (either before or after laminating), of
the laminating or working apparatus, or any change in the
environment of the apparatus, which sensing means stops,
starts or otherwise modifies the operation of the apparatus.
(3) Note. Mere sensing means alone to determine a condition
or change thereof without in turn causing a control operation
is not sufficient for placement in this or the indented
subclasses. A control function of the apparatus must be
effected when the sensed condition or change of condition
occurs for complete automatic control.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
365 for apparatus including safety interlocks.
367 for devices including an electrical control means.
378 for means performing a sensing function and in response
thereto causing a signal or indicating means to be actuated
rather than a control operation for the apparatus.
Subclass:
351
This subclass is indented under subclass 350. Apparatus in
which at least two sensing means are associated in a system
whereby the control operation is determined by more than a
single one of the sensing means.
Subclass:
352
This subclass is indented under subclass 350. Apparatus in
which the control action causes the termination or disabling
of action of the complete apparatus including the drive means
therefor.
Subclass:
353
This subclass is indented under subclass 350. Apparatus in
which the device controlled is means severing the workpiece.
(1) Note. The material may be cut before, during or after
the laminating or assembly step.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
510 for laminating means having cutting means not
automatically controlled and see the notes thereto for the
locus of cutting means, per se.
Subclass:
354
This subclass is indented under subclass 353. Apparatus
having structure in addition to the cutting means for
performing the function of transporting the cut segment to
that part of the apparatus where joining occurs, or for
performing the function of assembling the cut portion with
the workpiece to which it is to be adhesively bonded.
Subclass:
355
This subclass is indented under subclass 353. Apparatus in
which the severing means is controlled by means detecting or
sensing the movement through the machine of the discrete
element to which the severed element is to be applied.
(1) Note. To be included here the discrete element must
move through and beyond the machine and not merely
reciprocate relative to a portion of the machine.
Subclass:
356
This subclass is indented under subclass 350. Apparatus in
which the element controlled comprising means directing or
bringing a flowable or gaseous material into contact with the
work.
(1) Note. The fluent material may be, for example, adhesive
material to provide a bond or coating material for functions
other than that of adhering the workpieces.
Subclass:
357
This subclass is indented under subclass 356. Apparatus in
which the means applying the flowable or gaseous material is
controlled by means detecting or sensing the presence or
absence of the work to which the material is to be applied.
Subclass:
358
This subclass is indented under subclass 350. Apparatus
wherein the means controlled causes the surfaces of the
workpieces to be forced into intimate contact one with the
other for adhesive bonding.
Subclass:
359
This subclass is indented under subclass 350. Apparatus in
which (1) the temperature of a portion of the apparatus is
controlled and/or (2) the movement of said portion of the
apparatus to apply or vary the degree of heat exchange is
controlled.
(1) Note. Mere thermostatic control to only maintain
constant temperature of a tool, material or work is
conventional and excluded from this subclass. Search for such
subject matter should be made in various classes providing
for heating or heat controls.
Subclass:
360
This subclass is indented under subclass 350. Apparatus
wherein the sensing means (1) detects a variation in the
heaviness or size of a workpiece or (2) measures the
heaviness or size of a workpiece and controls an operation
characterized by a particular reading of the measurement.
(1) Note. Mere sensing or detecting the article because of
weight or presence is not sufficient to be classified here.
The instant devices perform a measurement as part of the
sensing step as distinguished from mere presence or absence
response.
Subclass:
361
This subclass is indented under subclass 350. Apparatus in
which the means controlled starts, stops, changes or
otherwise effects the direction of travel and/or rate of
motion (1) of continuously traveling work or work of
unspecified length, or (2) of traveling flexible web carrying
adhesively secured thereto a workpiece to be transferred to a
separate phase.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
540 for transfer apparatus which does not include an
automatic control feature.
Subclass:
362
This subclass is indented under subclass 350. Apparatus in
which the means controlled directs separate articles to be
adhesively secured to a separate element into association
with said element or to a position in the apparatus where the
securing step occurs.
Subclass:
363
This subclass is indented under subclass 362. Apparatus in
which the feeding means is controlled by means detecting or
sensing the state of the workpiece to which the article is
fed.
(1) Note. The "state" of the workpiece includes, for
example, presence, absence, alignment, or any other
characteristic capable of being detected. The patents of
this subclass may have sensing means to determine the
cyclical presence of the workpiece in normal operation as
disclosed in these patents.
Subclass:
364
This subclass is indented under subclass 363. Apparatus in
which the article fed has a planar surface and is of great
length and width relative to its thickness.
(1) Note. Most of the patents in this subclass are paper or
paper-like material but the subclass is not so limited.
Subclass:
365
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
having means to (1) prevent operation of the apparatus when
in unguarded, abnormal or unsafe condition such as would
injure the operator, or (2) interconnect machine parts to
prevent action when the parts are not in proper operational
condition, operation thereof would injure the machine.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
53, Package Making, subclass 77 for devices there provided
for having interrelated or safety controls.
100, Presses, subclasses 341-352 for a press not provided
for elsewhere having a safety control system subclass and 353
for a press not provided for elsewhere having an interrelated
control system.
Subclass:
366
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
having a mechanism which limits the period of operation of
the device on the workpiece.
(1) Note. Mere cyclical operation of a machine is excluded
from this subclass in that the majority of the devices of the
subclass will serially laminate successive sandwiches in a
definite pattern of operation. The subject matter of this
subclass must have the element of control in it, such as, for
example, a variable timer that may be present for a
particular treatment interval.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
368, Horology: Time Measuring Systems or Devices, for
timers, per se.
Subclass:
367
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
having an electrical means for causing and/or controlling
laminating that consists of more than mere single power or
motive means with or without a manual switch therefor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
350 for automatically controlled devices which may include
electrical control means.
Subclass:
368
This subclass is indented under subclass 367. Apparatus in
which the control operation results in the termination of the
machine operation or starts the machine on its operating
cycle.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
352 for apparatus having an automatic control for stopping
the machine operation.
Subclass:
378
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
having mechanism for: (1) signalling a condition or property
of the work or apparatus, or (2) performing a test on the
physical or chemical state, dimension or properties of the
material being worked.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
65, Glass Manufacturing, subclass 158 for glassworking or
treating apparatus combined with signal, indicator, or
inspection means.
100, Presses, subclass 99 for presses having indicating,
measuring or testing means and see the notes thereto for the
locus of other art having these features.
Subclass:
379
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
having (1) mechanism modified or constructed to permit or
perform an observation on a normally nonvisible machine or
workpart or (2) mechanism lighting a portion of the work or
machine.
Subclass:
379.6
With means applying wave energy or electrical energy directly
to work:
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
including mechanism to treat the work with electrical or
electrostatic wave energy.
(1) Note. The energy must directly contact and treat the
work in the form of waves, rather than be converted to some
other form of energy and then be directed against the work.
Thus, resistance heating of work by including it as part of
an electric circuit and passing current therethrough is here,
but using a separate resistance heater and applying the
generated heat to the work by conduction is excluded.
(2) Note. Mere heating of work by conduction or convection
is not wave energy for the purpose of this subclass.
(3) Note. The energy may be applied to the work, for
example, in the form of infrared rays, X-rays, a magnetic
field, etc..
(4) Note. Except for those patents included in subclasses
379.7 and 379.8, the apparatus included herein is
structurally of general utility for heating, pressing,
molding, etc.., but is intended for use in laminating. For a
complete search, the classes and subclasses which provide for
the proximate function of the claimed structure need to be
consulted.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
272 for processes involving the direct application of
electrical or wave energy.
580.1 for apparatus having means to treat the work with
sonic or ultrasonic waves or vibrations.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclass 900 for a method of or apparatus
for assembly of self sustaining objects by the use of
electrostatic attraction; see the notes to these subclasses
for other loci dealing with electrostatic forces for a method
or apparatus for assembly of self-sustaining objects by the
use of electrostatic attraction, and see the notes thereto
for other loci dealing with electrostatic forces.
83, Cutting, subclass 170 for a cutting machine having means
to heat the cutting tool or the work.
100, Presses, 92 for a heated press.
118, Coating Apparatus, 620 for coating apparatus having
means to apply electrical or wave energy, and see the notes
thereto for the locus of other patents relating to this art.
219, Electric Heating, 600 for induction heating devices;
and subclasses 200+ for radiant heating devices.
425, Plastic Article or Earthenware Shaping or Treating:
Apparatus, 174 for molding or deforming machines having
means for applying electrical or wave energy to the work.
Subclass:
379.7
To an electrically conductive lamina or component
incorporated into the work:
This subclass is indented under subclass 379.6. Subject
matter wherein the utility of the apparatus depends upon
including an electrically conductive member in the product,
e.g., a metallic foil, a wire, metallic or graphite
particles, etc..
Subclass:
379.8
With means to assemble laminae or position them relative to
each other:
This subclass is indented under subclass 379.6. Subject
matter including a mechanism for handling separately the
laminae to be bonded, for holding them in an offset relation
during bonding, for overlapping edges of a single lamina, or
holding the edges in overlap, etc..
(1) Note. A mechanism for merely holding work in place does
not qualify a patent for classification in this or its
indented subclasses. The criterion to be applied is as
follows: If the claimed mechanism calls for no more elements
than can be used to heat, compress, mold, etc.., a single
article or layer of material, it is not classified in this or
indented subclasses, even though only a portion of the
article or material is thus treated.
Subclass:
379.9
With plural diverse heating means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 379.8. Subject
matter having mechanisms for delivering heat to the work by
two or more different modes.
(1) Note. Examples of diverse modes are (a) a radiant
heating means and a dielectric heating means, and (b) a
conductive heating means and an inductive heating means,
etc..
Subclass:
380.1
With tube-forming means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 379.8. Subject
matter including a mechanism for forming a tube from planar,
usually one-layer, material.
(1) Note. Usually radiant heat is applied to the tube seam
for bonding.
(2) Note. A mechanism for performing a mere bonding
operation upon material already in the form of a tube, e.g.,
seaming to make bags from a tube, is not included herein.
Subclass:
380.2
With electrode or coil member contacting work:
This subclass is indented under subclass 379.8. Subject
matter including a carrier of electric current, or its
insulation, in direct physical contact with the work to be
bonded.
(1) Note. The coil is a closed, electrically conductive
member suitable for generating a varying magnetic flux or for
reception of such magnetic flux to produce an induced
electric current.
Subclass:
380.3
Electrodes on opposing sides of smallest dimension of work:
This subclass is indented under subclass 380.2. Subject
matter wherein two or more current carriers face each other
across the thickness dimension of the work.
(1) Note. Inductive coil members are not included herein.
Subclass:
380.4
With means moving one electrode toward the other electrode:
This subclass is indented under subclass 380.3. Subject
matter including mechanism for shifting an electrode between
positions closer to and farther away from another electrode.
(1) Note. Resiliently mounted (e.g., by springs to
compensate for varying thicknesses of moving work)
electrodes, without an additional mechanism for moving the
electrode into and out of contact with the work, are not
included herein.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
350 for a similar apparatus which includes means for
controlling the shift automatically due to a process
parameter.
Subclass:
380.5
With means to change the configuration of a lamina, e.g.,
folding, deforming, etc.:
This subclass is indented under subclass 380.4. Subject
matter including a mechanism for reshaping a lamina to be
bonded.
(1) Note. The shape change must be one affecting the planar
characteristics of the lamina or a surface of a lamina;
merely compressing the workpiece does not indicate
classification in this subclass.
(2) Note. An electrode may comprise the reshaping means, or
the means may be another, nonelectrically involved, element.
Subclass:
380.6
With electrode having a mechanical function; e.g., pressing,
etc..:
This subclass is indented under subclass 379.6. Subject
matter including an electric current-carrying mechanism which
is configured to perform a mechanical function upon the
workpiece, that is, to change the structure of, or transport
the workpiece.
Subclass:
380.7
Cutting, tearing, or breaking function:
This subclass is indented under subclass 380.6. Subject
matter including an electrode which cuts, tears, or breaks
the workpiece.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
83, Cutting, 170 for a cutting machine having means for
modifying or controlling the temperature of the tool or
workpiece.
225, Severing by Tearing or Breaking, subclass 93.5 for a
breaking or tearing apparatus, including means to apply a
thermal shock to the work.
451, Abrading, subclass 33 and 53 for a process of abrading
which includes temperature modification or temperature
control of the work or abradant.
Subclass:
380.8
Shaping or deforming function; e.g., patterned electrode,
etc..:
This subclass is indented under subclass 380.6. Subject
matter including an electrode which shapes or deforms the
workpiece, giving the workpiece a configuration determined by
the configuration of the electrode.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, 405 for a shaping or deforming process which
includes the direct application of electrical or wave energy
to the work, especially subclasses 449+ for direct contact of
electrode or electrical wire with precursor or workpiece.
425, Plastic Article or Earthenware Shaping or Treating:
Apparatus, 174 for cognate apparatus.
Subclass:
380.9
With radiant heater not touching work:
This subclass is indented under subclass 379.6. Subject
matter including a radiant heater mechanism which is out of
physical contact with the work.
(1) Note. Sources of radiant heat include lasers, infrared
rays, heat radiated from heated bars or wires, etc..
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
219, Electric Heating, 385 for a radiant heater combined
with a container, enclosure, or support for material to be
heated.
Subclass:
381
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
having walls completely surrounding the work, which walls
form a space within which the work is bonded.
(1) Note. The enclosing means must be separate from
laminating pressure surfaces. Mere press platens which
envelope the work during the press step are thus excluded and
such structures may be found in appropriate subclasses
below.
Subclass:
382
This subclass is indented under subclass 381. Apparatus in
which the treating chamber is fluid tight and mechanism is
provided to change the pressure relative to the ambient
pressure.
Subclass:
383
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
combined with means adapted to make an article in which a
loosely held or nonbonded part is enclosed or surrounded by
at least two parts bonded to each other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
79 for processes for encasing movable or loosely confined
elements between adhered laminae (e.g., drawstrings).
Subclass:
384
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus in
which the assembly or bonding operation is combined with
means to produce characters or designs on the work by
impression of type or dies or by impression from
planos:graphic or intaglio surfaces.
(1) Note. To be included in this subclass the printing
involved must be of the same general scope as the printing
provided for Class 101, Printing.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
277 for corresponding methods.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
101, Printing, appropriate subclasses for printing, per se.
106, Composition: Coating or Plastic, 31.01 for marking
compositions and subclass 31.17 for ink compositions.
Subclass:
385
This subclass is indented under subclass 384. Apparatus in
which the bonding mechanism and the printing mechanism are
actuated at the same time.
Subclass:
386
This subclass is indented under subclass 385. Apparatus in
which the member which does the printing is the same member
that applies the laminating pressure.
Subclass:
387
This subclass is indented under subclass 384. Apparatus in
which the printing is done on a surface of the work which is
subsequently adhered to form a laminated product.
Subclass:
388
This subclass is indented under subclass 384. Apparatus in
which the printing operation is performed subsequent to the
laminating operation.
Subclass:
389
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
which includes means to prepare the apparatus for the bonding
or assembly operation or to place it in better condition to
perform its function or to remove superfluous and undesirable
residue of the assembly or bonding operation from the
structure.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
65, Glass Manufacturing, subclass 168 for apparatus cleaning
means, and subclasses 171+ for repair, assembly or
disassembly means combined with glassworking or treating
means.
118, Coating Apparatus, subclass 70 for coating devices
having means to clean or recondition the work support
surface.
Subclass:
390
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus in
which the assembly or bonding means is combined with a means
to apply a coating to the work which coating does not
function as an adhesive to bond the parts together.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
278 for methods of coating the nonadherent face of a
lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
118, Coating Apparatus, appropriate subclasses for coating
apparatus, per se.
Subclass:
391
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus in
which the means bringing the parts into assembled
relationship is (1) secured to and supported by one of the
parts or (2) adapted to traverse the surface of one of the
parts with the direction of travel being controlled by the
part.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
523 for devices which traverse the work and include a
cutting mechanism and in which the direction of travel is
controlled by the operator.
574 for devices which traverse the work and in which the
direction of travel is controlled by the operator.
Subclass:
392
This subclass is indented under subclass 391. Apparatus
which includes means for bonding a flexible covering material
about and into embracing engagement with a cylindrical body
of indefinite length.
(1) Note. Most of the patents in this subclass include a
wrapping means which is supported by the pipe and travels
along the pipe during the wrapping operation.
Subclass:
393
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus in
which the assembly or bonding mechanism is combined with a
braiding or weaving means.
(1) Note. To be included in this subclass the braiding or
weaving must be of the same type as defined by Classes 87 and
139 respectively.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
87, Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making, for
braiding, per se.
139, Textiles: Weaving, for weaving, per se.
Subclass:
394.1
Tire body building type:
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
uniquely adapted for assembling the various components in
manufacturing flexible or resilient articles for use on the
periphery or rim of a vehicle wheel to absorb shock.
(1) Note. To be classified in this and indented subclasses
the patent must claim a device, or sub-combination of a
device, specifically adapted for assembling the elements of a
tire body either into the form of an endless article or an
article which has a circular or horse shoe shaped cross
section. The device does not necessarily need to form a
toroidal shaped article but may, for example, form a flat
band to be later shaped into the form of a toroid. The
recitation in a claim of "a drum" is considered sufficient to
classify a patent in this and indented subclasses and thus
tire building drums, per se, are classified herein subclasses
414+.
(2) Note. This and indented subclasses do not provide for
forming inner tubes. Such devices are classified according to
their assembly operation. For example, splicing inner tubes
is classified in subclass 503 and devices for cutting a hole
in a tube and securing a valve in the hole are in subclass
514. Also, apparatus for forming an article of toroidal
shape which is not disclosed as a tire is not classified here
but is classified according to the various operations of the
device. For example, apparatus for winding and laminating is
classified in subclasses 425+ and 443+.
This and indented subclasses do not provide for forming stock
material of indefinite length for use in building tires, even
though assembly of tire components may be involved, unless
the stock is either circular or horse shoe shaped in cross
section. Such apparatus is classified according to the
operation of the device. For example, uniting indefinite
length webs is in subclasses 543+ and severing fabric and
reuniting to form bias fabric is in subclass 512.
(3) Note. This and indented subclasses do not provide for
forming bead rings, per se. For such apparatus see
subclasses 422+.
(4) Note. This and indented subclasses provide for the
filling of tires with a liquid material only when claimed in
combination with apparatus for forming the tire body. If no
chemical reaction or change in physical state is involved and
there is a mechanical relationship between the article
support and the filling means the patent is classified in
Class 141, Fluent Material Handling, With Receiver or
Receiver Coacting Means. Devices for filling a tire with a
fluent material in which there is no chemical reaction or
change in physical state of the liquid and no relationship
between the tire support and the filling means are classified
in Class 137, Fluid Handling.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
75 for processes of balancing a tire during its
manufacture.
94 for methods of repairing or renewing tires.
110.1 for methods of making tires or tubes.
381 for apparatus having walls completely surrounding the
work, which walls form a space within which the work is
bonded and which are separable from laminating pressure
surfaces.
584 for devices for removing tread stock, beads and piles
from a tire carcass, or for removing adhered tires from
rims.
909 cross-reference art collection for apparatus for
laminating a new tread, or tire portion to a used tire
carcass wherein the new tire component is preformed and not
reshaped by the laminating apparatus.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
34, Drying and Gas or Vapor Contact With Solids, 104 for
apparatus for drying a hollow article, e.g., a tire, etc..
81, Tools, 15.3 for repairing tools for tires.
137, Fluid Handling, for filling tires with a liquid. See
(4) Note above for line with this and other classes.
141, Fluent Material Handling, With Receiver or Receiver
Coacting Means, subclass 65 for tire deflating means which
draw by vacuum from the interior of the tire. See other
appropriate subclasses for devices for filling tires with a
liquid and see (4) Note above for the line with this and
other classes so far as filling is concerned.
157, Wheelwright Machines, subclass 13 for devices for
grooving, slitting, or lacerating rubber tires, or tire
bodies; and subclasses 14+ for means which hold at least one
component of a wheel in a particular position, or orientation
either relative to (a) another component of the wheel when
the wheel is assembled, or disassembled, or (b) a repairing,
or surfacing tool working on the tire component of the
wheel.
222, Dispensing, subclass 92 for tube deflating by applying
external pressure to collapse the tube.
254, Implements or Apparatus for Applying Pushing or Pulling
Force, 50.1 for devices for spreading beads, or sidewalls of
a tire when not combined with a tire building step.
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, subclass 326 for reshaping toroidal shaped work
pieces.
269, Work Holders, appropriate subclasses for devices which
during a work treating operation, contacts a workpiece for
the purpose of supporting the work, or preventing the
movement of the work.
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, appropriate
subclasses, for heated reaction vessels, or autoclaves.
451, Abrading, for an abrading process performed on a tire
casing or for an apparatus for performing an abrading process
on a tire casing.
Subclass:
395
This subclass is indented under subclass 394.1. Apparatus
for separating an adhered self-supporting protective cover
material from an element prior to uniting the protected
surface to itself or to an additional lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
584 for apparatus for delaminating not combined with tire
building.
Subclass:
396
This subclass is indented under subclass 394.1. Apparatus
which includes the association of more than a single building
drum, and/or means for moving a single building drum serially
from one assembly or shaping station to another.
(1) Note. In this subclass may be found, for example,
manufacturing plants which continuously produce tires by an
assembly line type of operation.
(2) Note. For the definition of building drum see subclass
394.1.
Subclass:
397
This subclass is indented under subclass 394.1. Apparatus
for building tires directly from strands and/or narrow tapes
without first assembling them to form a fabric.
(1) Note. A strand is any workpiece of great length
relative to its cross section and of generally equal cross
section height and width. For the purpose of this subclass,
a narrow tape is any workpiece of great length and with a
width greater than its thickness, said width being such that
several widths in side-by-side relationship are required to
cover the total surface area being formed.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
117 for corresponding methods.
Subclass:
398
This subclass is indented under subclass 394.1. Apparatus
especially designed to perform a shaping, cutting, uniting or
assembling operation on a tire in the area of the bead.
(1) Note. The mere recitation that beads are present in a
tire or that a building form is adapted to receive a bead is
not sufficient to place a patent in this subclass. Such
patents are classified according to their assembly means.
The claims must recite some specific means which compensates
for the fact that a bead is present or is being incorporated
into the tire. For example, a stitching element which merely
traverses the area of the bead is placed in subclasses 408+
and not here while a stitching element designed to fold
fabric around a bead is placed in this and indented
subclasses.
Subclass:
399
This subclass is indented under subclass 398. Apparatus for
cutting away excess fabric which extends beyond the bead
after shaping the fabric to conform to the bead.
Subclass:
400
This subclass is indented under subclass 398. Apparatus
which includes means for supporting fabric in the form of a
cylinder with a bead ring positioned over at least one end of
the fabric cylinder and additional means for turning the
fabric back over the bead ring.
Subclass:
401
This subclass is indented under subclass 400. Apparatus in
which an expansible impervious container adapted to be
inflated is placed between the end of the fabric cylinder and
the fabric support so that on inflation the bag will turn the
fabric over the bead.
Subclass:
402
This subclass is indented under subclass 400. Apparatus in
which a rotary body turns the cylinder end back over the bead
ring.
Subclass:
403
This subclass is indented under subclass 398. Apparatus with
means to aid in guiding or aligning the bead ring with
respect to the tire body during the assembly operation.
(1) Note. See (1) Note in subclass 398 for the line with
regard to the degree of structure necessary to place a patent
in this group of subclasses.
(2) Note. This subclass includes means to guide a bead ring
into position even though the assembly operation is done by
hand.
Subclass:
404
This subclass is indented under subclass 394.1. Apparatus in
which the resiliency of the tire is produced either by the
resiliency of the material used in construction, or the
material used has entrapped gases therein, which gas is at
atmospheric pressure or less when the tire is not under
load.
(1) Note. For the line between this and other classes with
regard to filling tires with liquid see (4) Note of subclass
394.1.
(2) Note. Device for assembling tires which are intended to
be filled with gas under pressure (i.e., pneumatic tires) to
provide resiliency are classified according to the particular
assembly means claimed.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
112 for corresponding methods.
Subclass:
405.1
With fabric or tread stock feeding means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 394.1. Apparatus
which includes specific means for feeding and/or controlling
the feed of fabric or tread material from a supply to the
assembly station.
(1) Note. To be included here, the patent must include more
than a nominal recitation of a fabric source.
(2) Note. Where the claims do not include a laminating
means or an assembly means for laminating, e.g., a
tire-building drum, etc.., the patent is not properly
classified in this class (156). See the notes to the
materials-handling classes below.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
395 for feeding means which include means delaminating a
protective lamina from the fabric or tread fed to the
assembly means.
397 for means feeding strands or narrow tapes to a tire
assembly station.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
112, Sewing, appropriate subclasses for apparatus for
assembling and sewing together tire plies when no laminating
elements are provided for.
193, Conveyors, Chutes, Skids, Guides, and Ways, appropriate
subclasses for means for keeping a gravity-fed material on a
given path of travel.
198, Conveyors: Power-Driven, appropriate subclasses for a
driven conveyor made up of several elements and generally
mounted on a common frame.
212, Traversing Hoists, appropriate subclasses for apparatus
for lifting a load and shifting it laterally.
226, Advancing Material of Indeterminate Length, appropriate
subclasses for web-feeding devices in general, which do not
depend upon the leading or trailing edges of the web for
their function.
242, Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding, 563 and 564+ for means
to control unwinding and drive means to cause unwinding,
respectively, in general use.
271, Sheet Feeding or and Delivering, appropriate subclasses
for sheet conveying, per se, and in combination with certain
other operations.
294, Handing: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, appropriate
subclasses for devices combined with handles, terminal
elements, or attachments peculiarly adapted for engaging
supporting articles or materials for handling or manipulating
purposes.
414, Material or Article Handling, appropriate subclasses for
material or article handling apparatus not elsewhere provided
for.
Subclass:
406
This subclass is indented under subclass 405.1. Apparatus
which includes more than one source of material and means for
selecting from which source the material is to be supplied.
(1) Note. The various sources may supply either the same or
different types of material.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
242, Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding, 560 for selectively
useable elongated material supplies available for end
splicing.
Subclass:
406.2
For transporting discrete ring-shaped lamina:
This subclass is indented under subclass 405.1. Subject
matter including means for feeding a lamina which has been
formed into an endless ring.
(1) Note. The ring need not be circular, but may be oval,
etc..
Subclass:
406.4
With cutting, heating, laminating, or shaping means upstream
of assembling means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 405.1. Subject
matter including means for treating the fed material by
changing its shape, cutting it or raising its temperature,
said treating being accomplished before the material arrives
at the assembly station.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
906 for a collection of patents drawn to process and
apparatus for the manufacture of tire components prior to the
assembly of all components on the tire-buildingdrum.
Subclass:
406.6
Stretching means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 406.4. Subject
matter in which the shaping means applies tension to the
material to elongate it.
(1) Note. A means for merely tensioning a web fed to the
assembly means does not determine a patent for this subclass
unless there is a positive recitation that the web is
stretched.
(2) Note. Where the assembly means itself, e.g., a
tire-building drum, etc.., is part of the combination of
elements which performs the only stretching; the stretching
means is not considered "upstream".
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
26, Textiles: Cloth Finishing, 71 for a devices for
stretching cloth, per se.
Subclass:
407
This subclass is indented under subclass 394.1. Apparatus
for supporting a tire or tire building drum for rotation in
which the rotating means either has a center of rotation
which is eccentric to the center of rotation of the tire or
drives the tire from its external periphery.
(1) Note. This subclass includes devices in which the tire
body is assembled over two or more rotating supports in such
a manner that the tire body resembles a belt running over
pulleys.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
457 for centerless core rotating apparatus in which the
article being formed is not a tire.
Subclass:
408
This subclass is indented under subclass 394.1. Apparatus
which includes a means for supporting and rotating a tire and
a pressing means which wipes or travels along the surface of
the tire during rotation.
(1) Note. This subclass includes, for example, stitching or
pressing elements which cover substantially the width of the
tire and bear against the tire during its rotation.
Subclass:
409
This subclass is indented under subclass 408. Apparatus in
which the pressing means traverses the surface of the tire in
more than one direction.
(1) Note. This subclass includes, for example, stitching or
pressing elements which bear against the surface of the tire
and traverse back and forth across the surface always
exerting pressure in the same direction even though the tire
surface being traversed may not be flat.
Subclass:
410
This subclass is indented under subclass 409. Apparatus in
which the pressing means includes means to change the
direction in which force is applied to the pressing means.
(1) Note. This subclass includes, for example, stitching or
pressing elements which bear against and traverse the surface
of a rotating tire and always exert pressure at approximately
right angles to the surface being traversed. The stitching or
pressing element is designed to change their direction of
force as the plane of the surface being pressed changes.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
398 and especially subclass 402, for devices for folding
carcass fabric about a bead in which the folding and pressing
means may have a changing direction of force.
Subclass:
411
This subclass is indented under subclass 410. Apparatus in
which the force applied to the pressing means in the
direction of rotational axis of the tire is provided by an
operator.
(1) Note. Devices in which a manual force is applied in a
direction parallel to the axis of rotation of the tire are
classified above and not here unless claimed in combination
with a manual force toward the axis of rotation.
Subclass:
412
This subclass is indented under subclass 408. Apparatus in
which the pressing takes the shape of the surface being
pressed.
(1) Note. The pressing surface may either be made of
deformable material or it may be made up of a group of press
elements mounted side by side on resilient supports such that
each element can shift relative to the others to change the
over all configuration of the press surface.
Subclass:
413
This subclass is indented under subclass 408. Apparatus
which includes more than one pressing element positioned at
spaced points around the periphery of the tire and
simultaneously traversing the surface of the tire.
Subclass:
414
This subclass is indented under subclass 394.1. Apparatus
limited to a rotatable form or support which is circular in
cross section with respect to its axis of rotation with or
without support or mounting means therefor and especially
adapted to have assembled about its periphery the component
elements of a tire.
(1) Note. See (1) Note of subclass 407 for the line with
regard to devices which use two or more rotating elements to
form a single support.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
157, Wheelwright Machines, 14 for means which hold at least
one component of a wheel in a particular position or
orientation either relative to (a) another component of the
wheel when the wheel is assembled or disassembled, or (b) a
repairing or surfacing tool working on the tire component of
the wheel.
Subclass:
415
This subclass is indented under subclass 414. Apparatus
which includes means to vary the width of the peripheral
surface of the drum in a direction parallel to its axis of
rotation which change of width may also result in a change in
the diameter of the drum.
Subclass:
416
This subclass is indented under subclass 414. Apparatus in
which the drum is either formed of impervious expansible or
deformable material and adapted to have fluid applied to its
interior under pressure to increase drum diameter or the drum
is made of deformable material and adapted to temporarily
change its shape as a result of an external force.
Subclass:
417
This subclass is indented under subclass 414. Apparatus in
which the building drum is provided with means to reduce its
diameter either by disassembling or shifting the relative
position of the elements which make up the periphery of the
drum.
Subclass:
418
This subclass is indented under subclass 417. Apparatus in
which the means for shifting the relative position of the
elements which make up the periphery of the drum include a
toothed bar, the teeth of which engage the teeth of a gear.
Subclass:
419
This subclass is indented under subclass 417. Apparatus in
which the means for shifting the relative position of the
elements which make up the periphery of the drum include an
elastic body which recovers its original shape when released
after being distorted.
Subclass:
420
This subclass is indented under subclass 417. Apparatus in
which the means for shifting the relative position of the
elements which make up the periphery of the drum includes a
mechanism in which force is applied to a joint between
links.
Subclass:
421
This subclass is indented under subclass 394.1. Apparatus
which is especially adapted to travel along the surface of a
tire body and apply pressure thereto for the purpose of
pressing superimposed layers into an adhering relationship.
(1) Note. This subclass does not include rollers, per se,
or rollers with handles merely because they are disclosed as
useful as tire stitching tools. To be included here the
stitcher must either include some structure which renders the
device useful only as a tire stitching tool or it must be
claimed in combination with some supporting or manipulating
structure other than a handle. This subclass includes, for
example, cylindrical stitchers with a surface shaped to
conform to the cross section of a tire or a stitcher
especially adapted to fit over a bead. 492, Roll or Roller.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
492, Roll or Roller, for a roll, per se, not elsewhere
provided for, and see the notes thereunder.
Subclass:
421.2
Tire chamber and means regulating interior casing pressure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 394.1. Apparatus
which includes either (a) a chamber incompletely surrounding
the tire casing, or work with a means for establishing
pressure within the interior of the chamber, or (b) a chamber
completely surrounding the work which is, or becomes
inseparable from the laminating surfaces with a means for
establishing pressure within the interior of the chamber.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
381 for apparatus having walls completely surrounding the
work, which walls form a space within which the work is
bonded and which are separable from laminating pressure
surfaces.
909 cross-reference art collection, for apparatus laminating
a new tread, or tire portion to a used tire carcass wherein
the new tire component is preformed and not reshaped by the
laminating apparatus
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
137, Fluid Handling, appropriate subclasses, for a method, or
apparatus for filling tires with a liquid. See (4) Note
under subclass 394.1 above for the line with this and other
classes.
141, Fluent Material Handling, With Receiver or Receiver
Coacting Means, subclass 65 for tire deflating means which
draw by vacuum from the interior of the tire. See other
appropriate subclasses for devices for filling tires with a
liquid and see (4) Note under subclass 394.1 above for the
line with this and other classes so far as filling is
concerned.
222, Dispensing, subclass 92 for tube deflating by applying
external pressure to collapse the tube.
Subclass:
421.4
With means for folding lamina while on drum:
This subclass is indented under subclass 394.1. Apparatus
with a means for folding, or doubling one portion of a wide
band, (or tread), or tube of flexible material over upon
another portion of the band, etc.., while on a drum.
(1) Note. The apparatus of this subclass is used for making
a laminated band for a pneumatic tire casing.
(2) Note. This subclass does not provide for the folding of
an envelope which is placed around the external surface of a
tire casing.
Subclass:
421.6
Tire support with pressing or heating means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 394.1. Apparatus
which includes a base means for supporting a tire and means
for applying pressure, or heat to the tire.
(1) Note. Apparatus for holding tires in order to bond trim
strips, or whitewalls thereto are classified herein.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
100, Presses, appropriate subclasses, for apparatus for
subjecting material to compressive force wherein no step, or
mechanism peculiar to laminating is recited, or claimed.
269, Work Holders, appropriate subclasses, for devices which,
during a work treating operation, contacts a workpiece for
the purpose of supporting the work, or preventing the
movement of the work.
414, Material or Article Handling, 426 for devices
comprising a mobile support having means for engaging the
outer circumference of a wheel, or wheellike object to
support and transport it in upright position and including
(a) means to handle, or manipulate it while in upright
position, or (b) means to secure the load in upright position
during transportation thereof, or (c) means for directing, or
loading a wheel onto said support.
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, appropriate
subclasses, for heated reaction vessels, or autoclaves.
425, Plastic Article or Earthenware Shaping or Treating:
Apparatus, 44 for apparatus for molding, or vulcanizing
tires in a mold combined with means to apply fluid pressure
thereto.
Subclass:
421.8
Ring-shaped lamina stretching means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 394.1. Apparatus
which includes a mechanism to stretch a formed tire band, or
tread, or another endless belt-type lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
26, Textiles: Cloth Finishing, 71 for devices for expanding
a running web of cloth when not claimed in combination with a
tire assembling apparatus.
38, Textiles: Ironing or Smoothing, 102 for devices for
smoothing a fabric merely by stretching wherein the fabric is
held in a stationary, or immovable position when not claimed
in combination with a tire assembling apparatus.
Subclass:
422
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
having a rotating mandrel or former adapted for winding tire
bead rings, of great diameter relative to their axial length
and thickness, from indefinite length material and adhering
the layers of material together.
(1) Note. To be included in this subclass the ring-like
article produced must be disclosed as useful as tire bead
rings.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
136 for the corresponding methods.
433 for uniting strands to form articles other than tire
beads.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
242, Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding, for winding, unwinding,
tensioning, or guiding related structure of general use.
245, Wire Fabrics and Structure, subclass 1.5 for tire bead
rings, and the method of making the same, when formed
primarily of wire and not involving a laminating step.
Subclass:
423
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
having means inserting a part or portion thereof within
enclosing or confining surfaces of a second part and causing
the inserted part to be secured thereto.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
293 for processes for inserting a lamina in a hole, aperture
or recess of a lamina and adhering it to the sidewalls
thereof.
392 for laminating devices of the pipe wrapping type.
393 for devices having means encasing a separate nonadhered
part between adhered laminae.
Subclass:
424
This subclass is indented under subclass 423. Apparatus in
which the device is peculiarly adapted for securing the glass
body of a lamp or space discharge device to an end cap or
closure.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
445, Electric Lamp or Space Discharge Component or Device
Manufacturing, 60 for apparatus there provided for for the
manufacture of lamps and space discharge devices.
Subclass:
425
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
which includes means to progressively bend or wrap an
indefinite running length work around a base in such a manner
that convolutions are formed with each convolution axially
displaced along the base from the preceding convolution.
(1) Note. For the purpose of this subclass the base may be
any structure upon which the material is wound regardless of
its shape and whether it is later removed or becomes part of
the article. The actual length of the material being wound is
immaterial so long as it is handled as an indefinite or
running length work.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
117 for methods of forming a tire by spirally winding a
strand or tape.
169 for methods of winding filaments.
184 and especially subclass 195, for methods of winding webs
or sheets.
397 for apparatus for forming a tire by spirally winding a
strand or tape.
443 for apparatus for winding other than spiral.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
242, Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding, for winding, unwinding,
tensioning, or guiding related structure of general use.
Subclass:
426
This subclass is indented under subclass 425. Apparatus
which includes means to sever the work such that it can be
opened and removed from the base in the form of a sheet or
web.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
174 for similar methods in which the wound material is
strands.
193 for similar methods in which the wound material is a web
or sheet.
Subclass:
427
This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Apparatus in
which the material which is severed and removed from the base
includes strands which are secured to a web or sheet.
Subclass:
428
This subclass is indented under subclass 425. Apparatus in
which (1) the base is removed from the wound body and the
article which is produced by the wound material is of
indefinite or running length or (2) the base is itself of
indefinite or running length and becomes part of the article
being produced.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
53 for methods of covering electrical conductors which may
include a winding operation.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, 3 for
apparatus there provided for in which one or more strands are
spirally wound about a core to form a strand of indefinite
length.
Subclass:
429
This subclass is indented under subclass 428. Apparatus in
which the base on which the material wound is caused to
rotate about an internal axis to effect the winding
operation.
Subclass:
430
This subclass is indented under subclass 428. Apparatus in
which more than one indefinite length element is wound around
the base.
(1) Note. The elements may be wound sequentially or
simultaneously.
Subclass:
431
This subclass is indented under subclass 430. Apparatus in
which the base around which the indefinite length material is
wound is generally circular in cross section.
Subclass:
432
This subclass is indented under subclass 431. Apparatus in
which more than one means is provided for winding the
indefinite length material said means being axially spaced
along the base.
Subclass:
433
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
having means adhering at least one flexible strand, rod, tube
or filament of indefinite extension to some other part or for
adhering a portion thereof to itself.
(1) Note. A flexible strand, rod, tube or filament is any
workpiece of great length relative to its cross-section and
of generally equal cross-section height and width. The
section size is of no particular significance so far as the
subject matter of these subclasses in concerned just so long
as the above qualifications are met. Thus in this and the
indented subclasses may be found wrapping a web about an
endless flexible hose, gathering indefinite fibers to form a
rod, applying a web to a running length flexible sponge
rubber core. Short finite lengths of filaments, handled
individually as units, or alternatively, handled as a mass of
fibers are not provided for in these subclasses and rather
may be found in other subclasses in this class based on the
particular manner of handling. For example, devices for
forming self-sustaining bodies of particulate material may be
found in subclasses 369+; means delivering short,
individually handled rods onto a web may be found in
subclasses 552+, etc..
(2) Note. The other part may itself be a flexible strand or
filament. Note, for example, subclass 441 in which strands
are united to strands only.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
166 for processes for adhering flexible filamentary material
while in indefinite or running length
369 and see (1) Note above.
392 for work secured or guided laminating devices of the
pipe wrapping type.
393 for laminating devices combined with braiding or weaving
means.
397 for devices building tires from strands or narrow
tapes.
422 for strand or filament uniting devices of the ring
winding type.
425 for strand or filament uniting devices in which the
strand or filament is spirally wound about a core, mandrel or
workpiece. Generally no cross references are made from
subclasses 425+ to the instant subclasses so to search for
spirally wound strands a search must be made in subclasses
425+.
502 for means splicing flexible indefinite length bodies
end-to-end which bodies are not strands but are rather films,
tapes or belts.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
242, Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding, for a device for
winding elongated material.
Subclass:
434
This subclass is indented under subclass 433. Apparatus in
which means place discrete elements one after the other and
spaced from each other between and transversely of the axis
of at least two parallel strands and adheres them thereto.
(1) Note. In this subclass may be found, for example,
devices for making spaced multiple conductor transmission
lines.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
65 for processes of assembly and bonding of multiple spaced
elements between and transverse of parallel webs, e.g.,
venetian blind ladders.
552 for laminating devices having means bringing articles
into association with an endless web.
Subclass:
435
This subclass is indented under subclass 433. Apparatus
uniquely adapted to the manufacture of a textile material
having short filaments extending generally perpendicular to
the plane of the material.
(1) Note. In these devices the filaments must be united or
bonded while still of running or indefinite length. They may
then be sheared to produce the pile fabric. The typical
method involves steps of continuously looping parallel
strands, bonding the loops to a backing and then shearing the
loop tops to form the pile.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
72 for processes for setting or embedding tufts or discrete
pile elements onto a backing.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
118, Coating Apparatus, 308 for means projecting solid
particulate material against work to be coated therewith (for
example, flocking devices).
Subclass:
436
This subclass is indented under subclass 433. Apparatus in
which the running length flexible strand, rod, tube or
filament is bonded to a running length flexible web.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
425 and other appropriate subclasses, for means spirally
winding strands.
543 for apparatus for bonding flexible running length web to
articles other than those provided for here.
Subclass:
437
This subclass is indented under subclass 436. Apparatus
combined with means to continually form the flexible web from
a mass of material by a plastic working or molding
operation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
500 for other laminating apparatus combined with molding or
plastic shaping means.
Subclass:
438
This subclass is indented under subclass 436. Apparatus
combined with means to cause the web to be doubled on itself,
the line of fold paralleling the longitudinal axis of the
web.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
461 for other laminating means combined with means folding a
web longitudinally.
Subclass:
439
This subclass is indented under subclass 436. Apparatus in
which at least a portion of the flexible strandlike material
is disposed crosswise of the length of web to which it is
secured.
(1) Note. Diagonal or bias disposition is also considered
crosswise for the purpose of this subclass.
Subclass:
440
This subclass is indented under subclass 439. Apparatus in
which the means feeding the flexible strand-like material is
mounted for back and forth movement transversely of the axis
of the web.
Subclass:
441
This subclass is indented under subclass 433. Apparatus
having means bringing strand-like workpieces only into
adhered relationship one to the other.
(1) Note. The product resulting from the assembly and
adhering operation of this subclass may be subsequently
adhered to some other part, but to be classified here, at
least one of the operational steps must be the adherance of
strand-like materials only.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
180 for process for associating filaments only to form an
article.
Subclass:
441.5
This subclass is indented under subclass 349.1. Apparatus
uniquely adapted to adhere the flap of a flat flexible
receptacle to the body thereof.
Subclass:
442
This subclass is indented under subclass 441.5. Apparatus
combined with means for applying and adhering a stamp or
label to the receptacle.
Subclass:
442.1
This subclass is indented under subclass 441.5. Apparatus
combined with means for applying a distorting force to the
envelope so as to permanently deflect at least a portion of
it out of its normal plane.
(1) Note. A machine which manipulates envelope flaps from
an opened or extended position to a closed position (i.e.,
overlying the receptacle body) is considered to be bending
within the scope of this subclass, regardless of whether the
envelope has been previously creased.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
443 for a patent to bending and folding means combined with
bonding means, of general utility.
Subclass:
442.2
This subclass is indented under subclass 441.5. Apparatus
combined with means for feeding the receptacle to or through
the work station.
Subclass:
442.3
This subclass is indented under subclass 442.2. Apparatus in
which the feeding means moves alternately backward and
forward in a rectilinear path for transporting the receptacle
to the work station.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
572 for a patent to apparatus for separating articles from a
bulk source by means of a translating picker.
Subclass:
442.4
This subclass is indented under subclass 441.5. Apparatus in
which a device is particularly adapted to move as a unit over
the surface of the receptacle being sealed.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
574 for a patent to apparatus of the work traversing type
having general utility.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
118, Coating Apparatus, 264 for a moistener having a porous
or absorbent applicator to which such work as an envelope (or
stamp) is brought (e.g., sponge cup).
Subclass:
443
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
having means applying a distorting force to a workpiece to
permanently deflect at least a portion of it out of its
normal plane.
(1) Note. The temporary distortion of a workpiece due to
handling is excluded from this subclass. Thus, winding or
unwinding a web for temporary storage or feed to the device,
bending a web around feed rollers on the way to or from the
work station, festooning a web for storage are examples of
work bending excluded from this subclass in that the
distortion is temporary.
(2) Note. The devices of this and the indented subclass do
not shape by plastically deforming the work such as by an
embossing molding or casting operation. In the instant
subclass the work does not change materially in section
thickness during the working operation other than by doubling
over, etc.. This latter feature is characteristic of a
bending or folding operation as distinguished from a shaping
operation involving plastic flow. For shaping operations
involving plastic flow search must be made in appropriate
subclasses below.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
196 for laminating processes involving a bending step.
346 for plaster board making apparatus having folding means
for a facing sheet.
392 for laminating devices of the pipe wrapping type.
393 for laminating devices having braiding or weaving
means.
394.1 and other appropriate subclasses for tire building
devices which may include means to bend or wind a lamina.
422 for laminating devices of ring winding type.
425 for laminating devices having spiral winding means for
the work.
433 for indefinite or running length strand or filament
uniting devices which may have filament bending means.
442.1 for a patent to envelope sealing means combined with
means to fold the envelope flap.
500 and see (2) Note above.
581 for laminating presses, per se, having a relieved or
configured pressing face.
585 for sheet or web deforming or reshaping means, per se.
Subclass:
444
This subclass is indented under subclass 443. Apparatus in
which means direct a pneumatic blast directly against the
work to cause it to bend.
Subclass:
445
This subclass is indented under subclass 443. Apparatus in
which means are provided to cause the workpiece being shaped
to assume the shape and embrace a spherical core.
(1) Note. In this subclass may be found, for example,
device for applying cover material to playing balls.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
186 for laminating processes including a step of winding a
web or sheet about a spherical core.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
242, Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding, 435 and 436 for a
device for winding elongated material on a spherical core.
Subclass:
446
This subclass is indented under subclass 443. Apparatus in
which an arbor or a workpiece is supported or mounted for
rotation about an internal axis and means are provided to
bend a flexible sheet about the arbor or workpiece during
rotation thereof.
(1) Note. In this subclass the rotating of the mandrel or
article generally causes the progressive bending of the
flexible material about at least a portion of the peripheral
surface thereof.
(2) Note. Most of the patents in subclasses 394+ apply a
lamina to a rotating mandrel or an article supported thereon
in building a tire. The majority of these devices
(subclasses 394+) are specialized to tire building and
therefore relatively few cross-references have been placed
between the groups of subclasses. However in some instances a
complete search requires investigation of both groups of
subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
394.1 and see (2) Note above.
Subclass:
447
This subclass is indented under subclass 446. Apparatus
having means causing the flexible sheet to be applied to a
particular selected portion of the periphery.
(1) Note. The devices of this subclass all apply the sheet
to a pre-designated area of the rotating article as
distinguished from devices in which the sheet is placed in a
random manner and by chance to the periphery of the article.
Subclass:
448
This subclass is indented under subclass 446. Apparatus in
which the workpiece in addition to rotating, has an
additional motion which bodily displaces the workpiece.
Subclass:
449
This subclass is indented under subclass 448. Apparatus in
which the motion of translation of the workpiece is caused by
contact of the periphery thereof with a supporting surface,
which surface is traversed during rotation.
Subclass:
450
This subclass is indented under subclass 449. Apparatus in
which an indefinite length flexible web material is applied
to the rotating mandrel or article and wound thereon.
Subclass:
451
This subclass is indented under subclass 449. Apparatus in
which the rolling mandrel or article adheres to and rolls
across the surface of the end sheet of a stack of sheets and
in rolling causes the sheet to be removed from the stack.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
564 for other devices having a magazine stack directly
contacting separate work.
Subclass:
452
This subclass is indented under subclass 451. Apparatus in
which the rolling motion is caused by downward passage of the
workpiece under the influence of gravity.
Subclass:
453
This subclass is indented under subclass 451. Apparatus in
which the rolling motion of the workpiece is caused by an
endless belt contacting the periphery thereof.
Subclass:
454
This subclass is indented under subclass 449. Apparatus in
which the rolling motion of the workpiece is caused by
downward passage of the workpiece under the influence of
gravity.
Subclass:
455
This subclass is indented under subclass 449. Apparatus in
which the rolling motion of the workpiece is caused by an
endless belt contacting the perihery thereof.
Subclass:
456
This subclass is indented under subclass 448. Apparatus in
which the workpiece moves about an axis external thereof, the
path of motion being curved.
Subclass:
457
This subclass is indented under subclass 446. Apparatus in
which the rotating mandrel or article is supported at or
adjacent its periphery.
(1) Note. In the case of a hollow article, such as a large
diameter pipe, it may be supported at its inner periphery
rather than the outer peripheral surface yet still fall
within the scope of this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
407 for centerless core tire building apparatus and see (2)
Note of subclass 446.
Subclass:
458
This subclass is indented under subclass 446. Apparatus in
which work handling means presents rotating mandrels or
articles one after the other to a position where a lamina is
secured thereto.
Subclass:
459
This subclass is indented under subclass 443. Apparatus in
which the distorted work is of elongated or attenuated
material of indeterminate or indiscriminate linear
dimension.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
543 for devices laminating at least on indefinite or running
length flexible web and see the notes thereto for the locus
of other art.
Subclass:
460
This subclass is indented under subclass 459. Apparatus in
which means apply the flexible web to an endless ring or
belt.
(1) Note. In this subclass may be found, for example,
devices for covering tire bead rings or endless drive belts
by wrapping or winding a fabric cover thereabout.
Subclass:
461
This subclass is indented under subclass 459. Apparatus
having means bending the web, the line of the bend extending
in the direction of the length of the web.
Subclass:
462
This subclass is indented under subclass 461. Apparatus in
which means cause the web to be distorted in section
transverse of the axis of the web into a plurality of
reversing curves.
Subclass:
463
This subclass is indented under subclass 461. Apparatus in
which separate spaced forming means act on the same portion
of the web one after the other.
Subclass:
464
This subclass is indented under subclass 461. Apparatus
having means bringing separate finite length articles into
association with the web one after the other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
552 for apparatus having means bringing articles into
association with a traveling flexible web.
Subclass:
465
This subclass is indented under subclass 461. Apparatus in
which separate areas of a single web are brought into
physical contact one with the other for bonding of the areas
to each other.
Subclass:
466
This subclass is indented under subclass 465. Apparatus
peculiarly adapted to make an indefinite length hollow body
by joining the edges only of flexible web.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
203 for processes for longitudinally bending and edge
joining a one piece blank to form a tube.
Subclass:
467
This subclass is indented under subclass 461. Apparatus for
joining longitudinally aligned webs one to the other and in
which the webs are either (1) of different widths or (2)
displaced laterally with respect to each other so that their
centers do not coincide.
Subclass:
468
This subclass is indented under subclass 459. Apparatus in
which means cause the web to conform to and be bonded to a
configured lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
475 for other devices bending a lamina to the configuration
of the base to which it
is bonded.
Subclass:
469
This subclass is indented under subclass 459. Apparatus in
which shape determining means are removed from the configured
web in the plane of the web and transversely of the web
longitudinal axis.
Subclass:
470
This subclass is indented under subclass 459. Apparatus in
which means direct a flexible web into association for
bonding with the web that has been distorted.
(1) Note. In this subclass may be found, for example,
devices for corrugating a web and then bonding a facing sheet
thereto.
Subclass:
471
This subclass is indented under subclass 479. Apparatus
having means maintaining the distorted configuration of the
shaped web and means directing the separate web into
association with the distorted web while still on the
distortion maintaining means.
(1) Note. In this subclass may be found devices inserted
into the corrugations of a web to prevent them from
collapsing under laminating pressure.
Subclass:
472
This subclass is indented under subclass 471. Apparatus in
which the shape retaining means is cylindrical in section and
has longitudinally extending recesses in the outer
periphery.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, subclass 604
for metallic stock having corrugations.
Subclass:
473
This subclass is indented under subclass 472. Apparatus
having a discrete means maintaining the shaped web on the
retaining means.
Subclass:
474
This subclass is indented under subclass 459. Apparatus
having means causing the web to be progressively and
repeatedly folded back on itself to produce a zig-zag folded
product.
(1) Note. The pleated product is generally distinguished in
that the faces of the folded product are in contact with one
another as distinguished from a corrugated product in which
the walls of the corrugations are spaced.
Subclass:
475
This subclass is indented under subclass 443. Apparatus
having means distorting a workpiece against and into the
configuration of a nonplanar base lamina to which it is
adhered.
(1) Note. Shaping assembled and/or bonded laminae together
is not provided for in this subclass. In the subject matter
of the instant group the base lamina remains unchanged in
shape.
(2) Note. Mere resilient platen surfaces to conform to
surface irregularities of the lamina without changing its
gross configuration are not provided for here. The devices
must change bodily the configuration of the lamina.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
212 for process of bending or reshaping a lamina to assume
the shape of a configured lamina while in contact therewith.
383 for devices having means encasing a separate nonadhered
part between adhered laminae.
392 for work secured or guided laminating devices of the
pipe wrapping type.
394.1 for tire body building devices which may, is some
instances, have means to cause a lamina to assume the
configuration of a base to which it is secured.
446 for devices in which a flexible sheet is secured to and
assumes the configuration of a rotating mandrel or article.
459 for laminating devices having means shaping an
indefinite or running length flexible web and in which the
web may be caused to assume the configuration of the lamina
to which it is secured.
581 for presses or platen surfaces, per se, having a
relieved or configured pressing face there provided for and
see the notes thereto for the locus of other press
structures, per se.
Subclass:
476
This subclass is indented under subclass 475. Apparatus in
which more than one workpiece is presented to work stations
and each workpiece is distorted or shaped by discrete work
means.
(1) Note. The work means usually act on the separate
workpieces simultaneously but the subclasses are not
necessarily so limited in that separate work may be
alternately acted on by the separate work means.
Subclass:
477.1
Plural, distinct, sequential bending or folding means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 475. Apparatus in
which separate working elements sequentially bend or fold the
same workpiece.
(1) Note. The separate means may act on the same area of a
workpiece to progressively shape it, or they may act on
different areas of a single workpiece.
(2) Note. A means which merely forces workpiece into
assembled relation or holds them is such relation is not
considered a bending or folding means. Likewise, a means
which merely smooths a workpiece portion which has already
been bent or folded out of its original plane is not
considered a bending or folding means. Thus, this subclass
requires at least two folding and/or bending means, acting
one after the other, other than whatever means are employed
to push, press, hold, or smooth workpiece or workpiece
portion. Alternatively, a pushing, pressing, holding, or
smoothing means must also perform a bending or folding
function if it is to considered one of the plural sequential
means.
Subclass:
478
This subclass is indented under subclass 477. Apparatus in
which the bending means make separate bends and the axis of
bend or line of fold of at least two of the bends meet at a
point.
(1) Note. In this and the indented subclasses may be found,
for example, devices for casing books covers in which a
flexible sheet is bent around at least two contiguous edges
of a board, also devices for bending the edges of U-shaped
pocketbook frames, etc..
Subclass:
479
This subclass is indented under subclass 478. Apparatus in
which the bending means causes portions of a sheet to be bent
around the edge portion of a sheet-like lamina.
Subclass:
480
This subclass is indented under subclass 479. Apparatus have
in addition means compressing the folded sheet at the
junction of the intersecting axis.
(1) Note. The devices are usually for the purpose of
flattening the gathered folded material.
Subclass:
481
This subclass is indented under subclass 477.1. Apparatus in
which the bending means act in sequence to effect a
curvilinear contour to the part being joined.
Subclass:
482
This subclass is indented under subclass 477.1. Apparatus in
which the direction of action of the sequential means is in
separate planes which intersect.
(1) Note. For example, a label is applied to the side of a
box and one set of means bends it over the ends thereof with
part of the label extending beyond the box. Another set of
means acting transversely thereto then bends the end back
over the opposite side of the box.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
459 for means bending an endless web to the configuration of
a base which bending may result in intersecting bend axis.
Subclass:
483
This subclass is indented under subclass 475. Apparatus in
which the work travels in a single direction through an
opening or passageway, which passageway is of smaller linear
dimension than a sheet to be applied to the work and
traveling therethrough with the work.
(1) Note. In these patents the work does not reciprocate
relative to the passageway, rather it moves through and
beyond it. Also, the work moves rather than the bending
means.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
486 for apparatus in which the moving member moves past the
work to perfect the bending.
Subclass:
484
This subclass is indented under subclass 483. Apparatus in
which the sheet to be adhered and bent is carried on and
disposed across the passageway, the work moving into contact
therewith.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
100, Presses, 17 for binder applying devices in which the
binder to be applied is supported across a passageway for the
material.
Subclass:
485
This subclass is indented under subclass 484. Apparatus
having means discrete from the passageway to perfect the
bend.
Subclass:
486
This subclass is indented under subclass 475. Apparatus in
which the distorting member wipes along or traverses the
surface being shaped.
Subclass:
487
This subclass is indented under subclass 486. Apparatus in
which the work contacting surface of the deforming means is
comprised of a brush-like element.
Subclass:
488
This subclass is indented under subclass 486. Apparatus in
which the distorting means comprises a flexible mass of
material, bodily reshaped to the configuration of the work by
pressure there against.
Subclass:
489
This subclass is indented under subclass 486. Apparatus in
which the distorting means comprises at least two movable
members urged toward one another to apply pressure to work
positioned therebetween.
Subclass:
490
This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Apparatus in
which a member is provided other than the work to cause
separation of the biased members against the biasing force.
Subclass:
491
This subclass is indented under subclass 490. Apparatus in
which a cam element between the members causes separation
thereof.
Subclass:
492
This subclass is indented under subclass 475. Apparatus in
which a rigid member is pivoted and is swung about the pivot
to cause deformation of the lamina.
(1) Note. The swinging folding member must have motion
about a fixed pivot to be classified in this subclass. Mere
deformable pads one part of which has a motion relative to
another part when pressed into contact with a base are thus
excluded and provided for in subclass 493 in that the pad has
no fixed pivot.
Subclass:
493
This subclass is indented under subclass 475. Apparatus in
which the distorting means comprises a flexible mass of
material bodily reshaped to the configuration of the work by
pressure thereagainst.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
488 for bodily deformable pads which wipe along the surface
of the deformed sheet.
Subclass:
494
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
combined with means subjecting the work to a stress causing
or tending to cause extension of the work.
(1) Note. Mere means for pulling a workpiece through a
laminating device against the normal resistance of the device
are not considered tensioning devices unless some specific
means are present to place a drag on the workpiece and such
devices may be found in appropriate subclasses below for
handling the particular work.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
196 for processes for bending workpieces including a step of
stretching the workpiece to reshape it and especially
subclasses 212+ for stretch forming processes.
229 for process there provided for involving a stretching
step.
405.1 for tensioning means in combination with means feeding
fabric to a tire building machine.
586 for apparatus there provided for having stretching or
tensioning means.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
242, Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding, 410 and 147+ for a
tension device used for regulating longitudinal stress in a
running length of material.
Subclass:
495
This subclass is indented under subclass 494. Apparatus in
which power operated means cause feed of an indefinite length
flexible web to or from a laminating device and a drag is
placed on the web motion to tension it.
Subclass:
496
This subclass is indented under subclass 495. Apparatus in
which the tensile stress is applied in a direction transverse
of the direction of motion of the work.
Subclass:
497
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
having means directing work treating material in a gaseous or
vaporous state into direct association with the work.
(1) Note. Devices for merely holding the workpiece in
ambient air are excluded from this subclass. For such
subject matter search the appropriate work manipulating
subclass below.
(2) Note. The devices of this subclass must directly
contact the workpiece with the gas or vapor, rather than for
example, applying pressure through a flexible diaphragm.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
118, Coating Apparatus, subclass 47 for coating devices
having means to contact the work with a flame and subclasses
715+ for coating devices having means contacting the base
with a gaseous or vaporized coating material and see
especially the search notes to subclasses 47 and 715+ for the
locus of other patents relating to this subject matter.
Subclass:
498
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
having means for reducing the temperature of the work.
(1) Note. The devices of this subclass are usually for the
purpose of setting a heat fused joint. However, the subclass
is not so limited, including any device for cooling the work
or heat exchange means preventing heating of the work by
abstracting heat therefrom.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
89.11 for laminating methods involving a refrigerating or
freezing step.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
62, Refrigeration, appropriate subclasses, for cooling
devices, per se.
Subclass:
499
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
having heating means positioned spaced from the press means
whereby the work must be moved to get from the heating area
to the pressing area.
(1) Note. Heating is a feature common to a great number of
laminating press platens and thus this subclass is restricted
to work heating means where the heating means are not
incorporated in press platens but rather are a separate means
not a part of the press. Heated press platens modified for
laminating purposes may be found in subclass 583 and see the
notes thereto for the locus of other heated presses.
Subclass:
500
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
having means shaping at least one of the laminae by plastic
flow of the material of the lamina against a shaping
surface.
(1) Note. In this subclass may be found, for example,
devices for calendering a web on a roll and directly
transferring the web onto a backing.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
65, Glass Manufacturing, subclass 156 for glassworking
apparatus combined with article molding means.
425, Plastic Article or Earthenware Shaping or Treating:
Apparatus, 110 for surface bonding of preforms by molding
means casting a plastic composition between preforms encased
within the molding means. The combination of a distinct
Class 156 apparatus and a Class 425 apparatus is classified
in Class 156. See the line note between these classes under
the Class 425 definition.
Subclass:
501
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Apparatus in
which the shaping means is for producing an indefinite length
web which web is stripped from the shaping means and
maintains its integrity.
Subclass:
502
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
uniquely adapted for joining (a) the butt ends of bodies of
indefinite extension, or (b) the butt ends of a flexible body
to which the ends have been brought into juxtaposition
whereby an endless band of article is formed.
(1) Note. With respect to both (a) and (b) above, the
periphery only of the workpieces are handled to bring the
parts into assembled relationship and thus the length can be
continuous or of any desired amount.
(2) Note. With respect to (b) above the device is usually
for joining the ends of a workpiece to form an endless belt.
These devices do not have the means bending the workpiece
into the loop to bring the ends together, such subject matter
being found in subclasses 443+ above with other patents
relating to bending means. Insofar as the joining or work
holding features therefor, they may be no claimed structural
differences between (a) and (b).
(3) Note. Means to merely hold plural pieces (while glue is
disclosed and/or claimed as setting) for the purpose of
assembly is not considered appropriate for this and indented
subclasses. However, the inclusion of claimed means to move
or guide plural pieces together for the purpose of assembly
will be placed in this or indented subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
137 for methods of making endless drive belts which may
include a step of butt joining the ends of a flexible
length.
157 for methods of splicing indefinite length laminae end to
end.
443 and see (2) Note above.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
269, Work Holders, appropriate subclasses. Class 269 is the
residual locus of patents for a device for clamping,
supporting and/or holding an article (or articles) in
position to be operated on or treated. See notes thereunder
for other related loci.
Subclass:
503
This subclass is indented under subclass 502. Apparatus
adapted to join flexible hollow bodies and maintain the
hollow nature of the joint.
(1) Note. The majority of the patents in this subclass
relate to the splicing of pneumatic tire inner tubes.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
122 for tube making methods including a step of joining the
tube ends to form the torus.
507 for devices for splicing in which the web ends are moved
longitudinally into association one with the other.
Subclass:
504
This subclass is indented under subclass 502. Apparatus
adapted to joining the end of a web to another web which is
continuously moving without interrupting the motion of the
moving web.
(1) Note. This subclass includes (1) devices which join the
webs while the areas being joined are moving in the direction
of the traveling web or (2) devices which hold the joining
areas stationary during the joining operation while
continuing the motion of the web by feeding from an
accumulating means.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
242, Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding, 551 for web uniting
devices in which the webs are carried on reels. The patents
are classified in Class 242, where means are recited for
bodily displacing the web carrying reel even though adhesion
may be claimed. Mere rotation of the reel for web feed, even
though reciting speed control, tension control or other
perfecting features for the web feed are not sufficient for
Class 242 where the reel rotates at a fixed position and
laminating is recited.
Subclass:
505
This subclass is indented under subclass 502. Apparatus in
which means apply a separate lamina to area of the joint only
and adheres it thereto.
Subclass:
506
This subclass is indented under subclass 505. Apparatus in
which means are provided to cut off a portion of a joining
web prior to the application of the cut off portion to the
joining area.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
517 for laminating devices combined with means to cut a
workpiece before lamination.
Subclass:
507
This subclass is indented under subclass 502. Apparatus
having means moving the two ends to be joined into
juxtaposition, the motion being in the direction of the major
axis of the stock to be joined.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
503 for devices of the tube splicing type which move the
tube ends longitudinally into contact.
Subclass:
508
This subclass is indented under subclass 507. Apparatus
having (a) solid means to mechanically remove foreign
material from the joining surfaces or (b) means to apply
adhesive to the surfaces to be joined.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
535 for other laminating means combined with means
scarifying or cleaning the joining surface only.
Subclass:
509
This subclass is indented under subclass 502. Apparatus
having (a) solid means to mechanically remove foreign
material from the joining surfaces or (b) means to apply
adhesive to the surfaces to be joined.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
535 for other laminating means combined with means shaping
scarifying or cleaning the joining surface only.
578 for other laminating devices having coating material
applying means and see especially the notes thereto.
Subclass:
510
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
combined with means to penetrate a workpiece for the purpose
of severing or making an opening therein.
(1) Note. The severing operation may take place before,
during or after the laminating step and may be caused by
means separate from the laminating means or the same means.
(2) Note. The severing may be, for example, to shape an
article from stock, to trim off excess, to punch out
workpiece from a stock strip, etc..
(3) Note. The severing is usually by means of a solid
member. Cutting by means of a gaseous stream is provided for
in subclass 497 above.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
250 for laminating methods combined with a step of
severing.
353 for laminating devices having an automatic control of a
cutter.
375 for means forming indefinite length self-sustaining webs
of particulate material having means cutting or trimming the
product.
497 and see (3) Note above.
506 for splicing devices having severing or punching means.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
83, Cutting, appropriate subclasses as the basic class for
cutting devices, and see especially the notes to the class
definition thereof for the locus of other patents relating to
cutting devices.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, subclass 596
for metallic stock which is apertured.
Subclass:
511
This subclass is indented under subclass 510. Apparatus in
which at least two separate severing devices each act on a
discrete workpiece.
(1) Note. The workpieces need be discrete only during one
of the cutting operations; thus, cutting a workpiece prior to
uniting and then separate cutting of the united sandwich is
included.
Subclass:
512
This subclass is indented under subclass 510. Apparatus in
which the device assembles the cut lamina with another lamina
derived from the same workpiece.
(1) Note. In this subclass may be found, for example,
devices which slit plural strips from a single web and then
join them to form a multilayer web.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
260 and 264+, for methods of joining laminae cut from a
single sheet.
Subclass:
513
This subclass is indented under subclass 510. Apparatus in
which the severing means punches or cuts an opening in the
workpiece before lamination.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
252 for laminating including a step of perforating one of
the laminae.
Subclass:
514
This subclass is indented under subclass 513. Apparatus in
which means bonds a discrete lamina across the aperture in
the part.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
108 for processes of laminating involving the step of
mounting a transparent lamina over a window opening.
293 for methods of laminating including a step of inserting
a lamina in a hole, aperture or recess of a lamina.
423 for apparatus including means assembling a part within a
hole or aperture.
Subclass:
515
This subclass is indented under subclass 510. Apparatus in
which the solid severing member causes bonding along the line
of severance at the instant of parting of the lamina.
(1) Note. In this subclass may be found, for example, die
cutting devices for stamping out patterned pieces from a
stacked tacky rubber sheet where the die causes the cut stack
edges to adhere.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
251 for laminating methods including a step of
simultaneously severing and laminating.
Subclass:
516
This subclass is indented under subclass 510. Apparatus in
which separate means are provided for positively feeding each
of at least two workpieces, which feeding means bring the
workpieces into assembled relationship with each other.
Subclass:
517
This subclass is indented under subclass 516. Apparatus in
which the severing step occurs before the parts to be bonded
are brought into assembled relationship.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
256 for methods of laminating combined with a step of
severing the work prior to assembly.
Subclass:
518
This subclass is indented under subclass 517. Apparatus in
which the penetrating element of the severing means which
causes parting of the material or a pressing member secured
to and moving therewith causes bonding of the laminae.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
261 for laminating processes including a punching step and
with laminating pressure being applied by the punch.
515 for devices in which the cutting element simultaneously
laminates the work.
530 for other laminating devices in which the cutter is
secured to the laminating element.
Subclass:
519
This subclass is indented under subclass 517. Apparatus in
which the feeding means moves the cut piece into assembled
relationship with an indefinite or running length workpiece.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
552 for laminating devices having means bringing articles
into association with an endless web.
Subclass:
520
This subclass is indented under subclass 519. Apparatus in
which the severing element transfers or conveys the cut piece
to the article.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
261 for methods of laminating including the step of punching
out a part and applying pressure by means of the punch.
Subclass:
521
This subclass is indented under subclass 517. Apparatus in
which means move cut parts one after the other into assembled
relationship with separate articles each of which is moved
one after the other past the assembly point.
Subclass:
522
This subclass is indented under subclass 516. Apparatus in
which a portion of an indefinite length web is severed from
the web after it is brought into contact with a discrete
article.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
517 for devices in which an endless web is cut and the cut
piece is then assembled with another workpiece.
Subclass:
523
This subclass is indented under subclass 510. Apparatus in
which the laminating device is uniquely adapted to travel
along and be supported by the workpiece to which the lamina
handled is being secured.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
574 for other laminating devices of the work traversing type
and see the notes thereto for the locus of other work
traversing devices.
Subclass:
524
This subclass is indented under subclass 523. Apparatus
having means which direct a liquid against at least one of
the laminae.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
575 for other work traversing laminating devices having
liquid applying means.
Subclass:
525
This subclass is indented under subclass 524. Apparatus
having cutting means which separate the workpiece both
longitudinally and transversely of its major axis.
Subclass:
526
This subclass is indented under subclass 524. Apparatus in
which the material applied by the work traversing device is
severed from the source after contact with the work.
Subclass:
527
This subclass is indented under subclass 523. Apparatus in
which the severing means is immobile during the severing
operation.
Subclass:
528
This subclass is indented under subclass 510. Apparatus
uniquely adapted to sever a rectangular sheet-like workpiece
from a sheet greater in extension in both dimensions in a
single stroke of the cutter.
(1) Note. The devices of this subclass are generally for
the purpose of severing or separating an adhesive stamp from
a sheet of stamps and include severing means and means
indexing the sheet to the next position for severing the next
stamp.
Subclass:
529
This subclass is indented under subclass 510. Apparatus
having means directing a fluid material against at least one
of the laminae.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
524 for work traversing devices having means projecting
fluid against the work.
Subclass:
530
This subclass is indented under subclass 510. Apparatus in
which the severing means is either operatively connected to
the laminating press element or is directly attached thereto
whereby the two are concurrently actuated.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
518 for laminating devices having means feeding plural parts
to be joined and in which the severing means or a member
secured thereto also laminates.
Subclass:
531
This subclass is indented under subclass 530. Apparatus
having means directing a liquid material into contact with a
least one lamina.
(1) Note. In this subclass may be found devices which sever
a label and moisten the label.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
524 for work traversing devices with a cutter and liquid
applying means.
529 for laminating devices having a cutter and means
projecting a stream or spray of fluid against the work.
Subclass:
532
This subclass is indented under subclass 531. Apparatus in
which the laminating press element and the liquid applying
means are operatively interconnected whereby the action of
one results in the operation of the other.
Subclass:
533
This subclass is indented under subclass 532. Apparatus in
which the liquid material is applied to an indefinite length
web before a portion thereof is severed for laminating
purposes.
Subclass:
534
This subclass is indented under subclass 533. Apparatus in
which the liquid material is applied to the web by means of a
rotary cylinder.
Subclass:
535
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
having means limited in their action to the bonding area of
the lamina, and physically modifying the bonding surface by
(1) changing the shape or roughing of the joining surface to
facilitate the bond, (2) removing foreign matter from the
surface to aid the bonding action.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
497 for laminating devices having gas, vapor of flame
contact means for the work.
509 for splicing devices having means scraping the joining
surfaces to facilitate the bond.
510 for laminating devices combined with severing means for
a workpiece which means may incidentally shape the joining
surface as well.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
118, Coating Apparatus, 72 for coating devices having means
to prepare the work surface for coating.
228, Metal Fusion Bonding, 141.1 for a process of welding
metal including a step of preshaping the work pieces at the
joining surface only.
427, Coating Processes, 299, for coating processes including
pretreatment of the base.
Subclass:
536
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
having means associated therewith for performing some
function in addition to the basic operation of bonding parts
together and not provided for in the preceding subclasses or
in which, by relative rearrangement of its parts or by the
addition of or omission of a part, the apparatus is changed
so as to become: (a) basic subject matter of this class
(156) of a different character or having a different mode of
operation or, (b) basic subject matter of another class;
thus, for example, a laminating device which, by disabling or
removing a part, becomes a mere dispenser, etc.., is subject
matter for this subclass.
(1) Note. Bonding means includes means assembling parts
into relationship for bonding, applying bonding pressure,
heating or cooling to perfect the bond and application of
adhesive bonding material.
(2) Note. The class definition in Section IIB sets forth
the locus of various combinations of laminating and other
devices.
Subclass:
537
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
having solid means interposed between separate laminae or
separate areas of a single lamina which laminae or separate
areas which would adhere in the absence of the solid means.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
289 for method of laminating involving the use of a parting
or release material to prevent adhesion between parts.
323 for method in which a subsequently removed flexible
element is interposed between the laminae and a pressure
surface.
580 for platen or press, per se, which may have a facing of
an adhesive repellent material.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
101, Printing, 416 for antismut devices (e.g., slip sheets)
used in the printing art.
Subclass:
538
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
having either (a) means moving parts to be bonded into
intimate association one with the other (b) means feeding at
least one part or lamina to the assembly point (c) means in
addition to or separate from the press surfaces holding
laminae in assembled relationship.
(1) Note. With respect to (a) above only one of the parts
to be bonded need be moved. The other part may be held
stationary on an anvil surface, for example.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
65, Glass Manufacturing, 146 for glassworking apparatus with
means to feed diverse material thereto; see the "Search
Notes" thereunder.
Subclass:
539
This subclass is indented under subclass 538. Apparatus in
which (a) at least two elements to be bonded to each other
are fed or handled or (b) separate portions of a unitary
piece to be bonded together are fed or handled in their final
associated relationship.
(1) Note. With respect to (b) above the separate portions
are generally in their final positional association in that
bringing separate portions together into such relationship
would probably require bending means for subclasses 443+.
(2) Note. See subclasses 580+ for press structures, per se,
with no work handling other than by the press surfaces and
see the notes, especially (5) Note, to that subclass for the
lines with Class 100 including the line with respect to
presses with work handling features.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
443 and see (1) Note above.
507 for film splicing devices including means moving the
film ends into juxtaposition.
Subclass:
540
This subclass is indented under subclass 539. Apparatus in
which a lamina to be secured to a base is carried on and
bonded to a flexible tape or sheet and is stripped from the
carrier during the securing step.
(1) Note. The devices in this and the indented subclasses
are commonly referred to as "transfer devices".
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
230 for methods of surface bonding involving direct contact
transfer of adhered lamina from a carrier to the base lamina
and especially subclass 238 where the carrier is a running or
continuous flexible web.
584 for delaminating, per se.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 90.01 for devices for burnishing a metal
leaf coating on a base.
101, Printing, appropriate subclasses for transfer printing
devices wherein a printing die is used to cause direct
transfer of a portion of a lamina carried on a flexible
sheet. In Class 101 may be found, for example gold leaf
printing devices in which the leaf is directly transferred
from a carrier to the article utilizing a die stamp acting on
the back of the flexible sheet.
400, Typewriting Machines, subclass 118.1 for a typewriter
that applies gold leaf, and subclass 696 for a typewriter
wherein an error is corrected by an adhesive ribbon.
Subclass:
541
This subclass is indented under subclass 540. Apparatus in
which a plurality of separate laminae not in contact with one
another are carried on the carrier web or sheet.
Subclass:
542
This subclass is indented under subclass 541. Apparatus in
which laminae are transferred successively from the flexible
carrier to (a) separate articles presented one after the
other to the laminating position to receive the laminae or
(b) different areas of a single article which are
successively presented to the laminating position.
Subclass:
543
This subclass is indented under subclass 539. Apparatus
having means feeding elongated or attenuated material of
indeterminate or indiscriminate linear dimension in a
direction generally along said dimension.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
425 for devices for spirally winding and uniting running or
indefinite length spiral workpieces.
433 for apparatus for uniting indefinite or running length
flexible strands or filaments.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
226, Advancing Material of Indeterminate Length, for devices,
per se, for feeding a running or indefinite length work and
see especially the notes thereto for other devices having
similar means.
Subclass:
544
This subclass is indented under subclass 543. Apparatus
having means causing indefinite or running work of sheet or
web-like form to be bonded together by butting the
longitudinally extending edges.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
304.1 for methods for butt edge joining of laminae.
466 for apparatus bending a web longitudinally and joining
the edges thereof.
502 for means splicing flexible indefinite length or endless
bodies end-to-end.
Subclass:
545
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Apparatus
having means applying a further lamina of sheet-like material
covering the butt edge joint.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
505 for apparatus splicing indefinite length or endless
bodies end-to-end and applying an adhesive tape to the
splice.
Subclass:
546
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Apparatus
having means for applying fluent material to the contacting
edge faces to cause adhesion thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
547 and see the notes thereto for the locus of other art
relating to the application of adhesive to the joining
surfaces of laminae.
Subclass:
547
This subclass is indented under subclass 543. Apparatus
having means for transferring material in a flowing state
onto at least one of the contacting surfaces of the laminae
to be secured together, which material causes adherence of
the laminae.
(1) Note. The flowing material of this and the indented
subclasses may be either the adhesive, per se, or it may be a
fluid activator for adhesive previously applied. Mere heated
air to render adhesive tacky is excluded from these
subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
325 for processes of laminating utilizing a particular
adhesive and see the notes thereto of the locus of other
laminating processes including a step of applying an
adhesive.
578 and see the notes thereto for the locus of patents
relating to laminating devices combined with adhesive or
adhesive activator applying means.
Subclass:
548
This subclass is indented under subclass 547. Apparatus in
which the fluent material is applied at separate points or in
a discontinuous or varied pattern.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
291 for method of bonding laminae at spaced points only by
nonuniform adhesive application.
553 and 581+, for devices having a discontinuous or
patterned press surface.
Subclass:
549
This subclass is indented under subclass 547. Apparatus in
which the fluent material is applied to at least one of two
or more indefinite or running length workpieces.
Subclass:
550
This subclass is indented under subclass 549. Apparatus in
which the fluent material applying means is located at the
point of convergence of two webs approaching one another for
bonding.
Subclass:
551
This subclass is indented under subclass 549. Apparatus in
which either (1) a single applying means is contacted by
separate workpieces before association, or (2) separate
applying means each apply material to separate workpieces.
Subclass:
552
This subclass is indented under subclass 543. Apparatus
having means moving discrete, separately handled, finite
workpieces into assembled relationship with an indefinite
length web for bonding thereto.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
302 for methods for bonding plural discrete laminae to a
running length web.
383 for apparatus having means encasing a separate
nonadhered part between adhered laminae.
390 for laminating apparatus combined with means for
applying particulate coating material to the work.
464 for devices longitudinally bending a web and feeding
discrete articles thereto for joining to the web.
519 for laminating devices having cutting means and means
delivering the cut part to an indefinite or running length
web.
520 for devices in which a cutter itself delivers a cut part
to an indefinite or running length web.
522 for cutting a web after association with a discrete
article.
540 for devices in which discrete laminae are transferred to
a base from a web-like carrier.
556 for devices bringing discrete articles into association
one with the other.
Subclass:
553
This subclass is indented under subclass 543. Apparatus in
which the laminae are caused to adhere by being subjected to
approaching pressure surfaces and in which the pressure
surfaces are relieved, configured in outline, or
intermittently contact the same workpiece whereby the
workpieces are joined at spaced points or in an irregular
manner.
(1) Note. In this subclass may be found, for example,
devices that transversely seam traveling webs at spaced
intervals. A longitudinal seam, even though narrower than
the joined webs, is not provided for here where a continuous,
even width seam is formed. Such subject matter is classified
on other bases such as, for example, web width (subclass 554)
or continuous press (555).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
290 for methods of bonding continuously contacting laminae
at spaced points.
554 and 555, and see (1) Note above.
581 for laminating presses, per se, having a relieved or
configured pressing face.
Subclass:
554
This subclass is indented under subclass 543. Apparatus
having means feeding plural webs into association, one with
the other, and in which the webs are traveling in the same
direction and are of different dimensions in breadth
transversely of the direction of travel.
Subclass:
555
This subclass is indented under subclass 543. Apparatus in
which the work moves in uninterrupted manner through the
press and is joined without loss of continuity of the bond.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
324 for methods of joining webs of indefinite length.
580 for press structures, per se, which have no work feeding
or handling means other than the press elements and see the
notes thereto for the locus of other patents relating to
presses.
Subclass:
556
This subclass is indented under subclass 539. Apparatus
having means causing separate workpieces to move into
association one with the other for adhesive joining thereof.
(1) Note. The devices of this subclass must have handling
means for each of the parts joined even though only one of
the parts need be moved for association.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
362 for automatic control of the feed of articles to the
assembly station.
369 for devices forming self-sustaining webs of particulate
material where the particles are not individually handled as
discrete units but are rather deposited in bulk or from a
bulk source.
423 for means assembling a part within a hole or aperture of
a second part.
475 for devices joining discrete parts wherein one part is
bent into the configuration of the part to which it is
secured during the joining operation.
516 for laminating devices combined with severing means and
having means feeding plural parts to be joined.
552 for laminating devices having means bringing discrete
articles into association with a traveling flexible web.
Subclass:
557
This subclass is indented under subclass 556. Apparatus
having (1) plural applying means each applying separate
articles simultaneously to separate workpieces, or (2)
separate concurrently operating lines of conveyance for
workpieces, each line having means applying articles to the
workpieces.
(1) Note. With respect to (1) above, the workpiece must not
merely progress serially to the plural applying means for the
successive application of multiple articles. In other words
separate articles must be produced from separate lamina
applying means.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
559 for apparatus applying at least two articles to a single
base.
561 for devices applying plural ranks or files of articles
to a base.
Subclass:
558
This subclass is indented under subclass 556. Apparatus in
which all of the articles assembled to form a multilayered
body are fed from a single bulk supply.
(1) Note. In this subclass may be found, for example,
devices for forming gear blanks by serially stacking similar
blanks picked off a pile, or devices for producing indefinite
length articles by continually adding laminae from a source
to one edge of the previously joined laminae.
Subclass:
559
This subclass is indented under subclass 556. Apparatus in
which means are provided for associating more than two
articles for adhesive bonding.
(1) Note. This and the indented subclasses provide for
means associating the plural articles regardless of the order
of association. The articles may all be applied face to face
to form a stack of coextensive articles or a plurality of
articles may be applied to a single base article.
Subclass:
560
This subclass is indented under subclass 559. Apparatus
having means applying more than a single lamina to an article
the applied laminae being disposed adjacent each other and
generally disposed in the same plane.
(1) Note. In this and the indented subclasses may be found,
for example, devices for applying multiple labels to a
bottle, applying sample swatches to a card (subclass 561).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
476 for laminating devices having plural discrete bending
means each acting on a separate article. The majority of the
patents in this subclass (476) relate to multiple labeling or
applying plural laminae to a single base and thus a complete
search must include this subclass.
Subclass:
561
This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Apparatus in
which at least two rows, each row comprising separate
laminae, are applied to the single base article.
Subclass:
562
This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Apparatus in
which the plural laminae are applied to a planar surface base
of great length and width relative to its thickness.
Subclass:
563
This subclass is indented under subclass 559. Apparatus in
which the articles are consecutively assembled face to face
to form a multilayered article.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
299 for process for assembling planar laminae face to face.
Subclass:
564
This subclass is indented under subclass 556. Apparatus in
which one of the sources of discrete article parts comprises
a container holding a pile of articles arranged in
face-to-face contact and in which the end article of the pile
is in facial contact with a separate workpiece.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
573 for apparatus having a magazine stack directly
contacting the work but having no work feeding or handling
means for the base to which the magazine held articles are to
be applied.
Subclass:
565
This subclass is indented under subclass 564. Apparatus in
which the container holding the pile of stacked articles is
mounted for motion to and from the separate workpiece.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
573 for other magazine stack devices which may or may not be
mounted for motion.
Subclass:
566
This subclass is indented under subclass 556. Apparatus in
which a single conveyor structure has means simultaneously
and serially moving plural articles to the assembly point for
assembly each with a separate workpiece.
(1) Note. In this and the indented subclasses may be found,
for example, endless belts conveying a plurality of bottles
one after the other to a labeling station. The conveyor need
not have separate or holding means for each article but may
merely provide discrete support areas for plural articles as
in the case of a belt-type work conveyor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
569 for pickers for separating articles from a bulk source.
The devices there are either single pickers, or if multiple,
do not present the work to the assembly point.
Subclass:
567
This subclass is indented under subclass 566. Apparatus in
which the conveying means comprises a carrier having a
plurality of work-holding means positioned about an axis of
revolution and means causing the carrier to rotate about the
axis.
(1) Note. The carrier may move continuously or may index
intermittently into and out of the laminating station.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
571 for rotary pickers. The pickers separate an article
from a bulk source and present the article to the laminating
station, but do not handle the article after association.
Subclass:
568
This subclass is indented under subclass 567. Apparatus in
which the rotary turret or drum conveyor is particularly
adapted to handle nonrigid sheet-like articles.
Subclass:
569
This subclass is indented under subclass 556. Apparatus in
which at least one of the article handling means includes a
device which isolates and removes or causes to be removed an
article to be laminated from a batch supply for transfer to
the assembly point.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
221, Article Dispensing, appropriate subclasses, for article
dispensers, per se, and see the notes to the class definition
for the locus of other article dispensers.
271, Sheet Feeding or Delivering, appropriate subclasses for
devices for separating sheets from a supply when not combined
with a laminating step.
Subclass:
570
This subclass is indented under subclass 569. Apparatus in
which the bulk supply of articles comprises a pile of sheets
arranged face to face.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
564 and 573, for devices in which a magazine stack directly
contacts the work to which at least one of the stacked
articles is to be applied.
Subclass:
571
This subclass is indented under subclass 570. Apparatus in
which the means separating the articles from the bulk source
has motion about an axis of revolution during the separation
of the article from the source and bodily transports the
article during separation.
(1) Note. A picker must grasp or be secured in some way to
the article it is transporting, such as by clamping,
adhesion, impaling, etc.. Thus a device merely pushing an
element off a pile would not be a picker.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
567 for rotary pickers which also serially convey plural
articles to an assembly station.
Subclass:
572
This subclass is indented under subclass 570. Apparatus in
which the picker moves bodily in a rectilinear path while
transporting and separating the article from the sheet
source.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
442.3 for a patent to reciprocating feed means to feed an
envelope to or through a work station.
Subclass:
573
This subclass is indented under subclass 538. Apparatus in
which the work feeding or handling means comprises a
container adapted to be brought into association with a base
to which a sheet-like article is to be laminated, the
container holding a pile of the sheet-like articles arranged
face to face and the end article of the pile in facial
contact with the work.
(1) Note. The devices of this subclass do not claim the
means handling the base to which the stack derived article is
applied. Therefore the claims recite either a hand held or
manipulated applier or the subcombination of magazine
disclosed for use with a base work manipulator.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
564 for magazine stack work carriers combined with means to
manipulate the base to which the work is to be joined.
570 for laminating apparatus having means to separate a
sheet from a stack and present it to the laminating station.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
221, Article Dispensing, appropriate subclasses for article
dispensing devices, per se, and see the notes to the class
definition for the locus of other article dispensers.
Subclass:
574
This subclass is indented under subclass 538. Apparatus in
which a laminating device is particularly adapted (a) to move
as a unit over and be supported by the surface of the work to
which a lamina is being applied or (b) to apply a lamina to
an installed device or portion of a building surface.
(1) Note. The devices of this and the indented subclasses
feed or handle only a single lamina in that the base to which
the lamina is secured is of such character that it is not
handled, being fixed, installed, or otherwise supported. By
"feeding or handling" with reference to this subclass, is
meant some element other than the means directly applying the
laminating pressure. A roller support for a web being
applied to a wall as in wall papering would be considered
sufficient work handling. Thus the devices of this and the
indented subclasses must have at least two elements, (1) a
pressing or applying means and (2) a material handling,
feeding or guiding means. Under this restriction then, mere
applying brushes or rollers with handles would not be
provided for in these subclasses in that applying only with
no work handling is claimed. Subclass 579 below provides for
mere handled applying elements.
(2) Note. The devices of this subclass are controlled
manually by the operator and the direction and speed are
controlled by him. For devices of the work traversing type
in which the law of the machine and its relationship to the
work controls the direction search must be made in subclasses
391+.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
71 for processes of applying a lamina to a building or
installed structure.
391 and see (2) Note above.
442.4 for a patent to work traversing envelope sealing
means.
523 for work traversing devices combined with cutting
means.
579 and see (1) Note above.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
248, Supports, appropriate subclasses for supports for
holding wall paper against a surface for application thereto
by hand and not claiming any means for causing actual
adherence of the paper to the surface.
Subclass:
575
This subclass is indented under subclass 574. Apparatus
having means applying a liquid material to the work.
(1) Note. The liquid material is usually a bonding agent
for causing adhesion of the laminae and may be applied to
either the surface traversed or the work handled.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
356 for laminating apparatus having means automatically
controlling the application of fluent material to the work.
390 for laminating apparatus combined with means for coating
the work with materials other than adhesives.
524 for work traversing laminating devices combined with
cutting means for the work.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
118, Coating Apparatus, subclass 108 for work supported or
guided coating devices.
Subclass:
576
This subclass is indented under subclass 574. Apparatus
having means to grasp the end of a flexible sheet for
positioning of the sheet for laminating.
Subclass:
577
This subclass is indented under subclass 574. Apparatus
having means mounted on the traversing device for supporting
a bulk supply of flexible web material, from which supply the
material is fed in use.
(1) Note. The supply is usually in the form of a roll or
reel of the material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
523 for work traversing devices having a cutter and an
implement carried supply. The majority of the patents in
these enumerated subclasses disclose this feature and search
must be made therein to complete the search for this subject
matter.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
242, Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding, and especially subclass
533.8 and 557 for a mobile carrier for a winding or
unwinding device.
Subclass:
578
This subclass is indented under subclass 538. Apparatus
having means contacting a lamina with a fluent material which
material causes the laminae to be bonded together.
(1) Note. The fluent material may be either an adhesive or
adhesive activator. Mere treatment with hot air to activate
the adhesive, however, is excluded from this subclass; see
subclass 499 for laminating devices combined with means
separate from the laminating press for heating the workpiece,
and subclass 497 for laminating devices having gas, vapor or
flame contact means for the work.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
325 for methods of laminating involving the use of a
particular adhesive and see especially the notes thereto for
the locus of other patents relating to the method of
application of fluent materials to the materials.
356 for devices having means automatically controlling the
application of fluent material to the work.
390 for apparatus having coating means which coating means
is for some purpose other than or in addition to the means
applying adhesive for laminating.
442 for combined envelop sealing and stamp applying
devices.
497 for gas, vapor or flame contact means for the work,
which means may render tacky the work or a coating thereon.
509 for means splicing indefinite length or endless bodies
end-to-end and having means for applying adhesive to the
bodies.
510 and other appropriate subclasses for laminating devices
combined with cutting means and having means applying liquid
material to the work.
524 for such devices that traverse the work.
529 for means projecting the liquid against the work.
530 for such devices in which the cutter is actuated by or
secured to the laminating element.
546 for apparatus joining indefinite length work
edge-to-edge and applying adhesive to the work edge.
547 for means applying fluent material between the layers of
indefinite or running length work.
575 for work traversing devices having means for applying a
liquid to at least one of the laminae.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
118, Coating Apparatus, appropriate subclasses for the
structure of coating devices, per se, or combined with means
there provided for.
Subclass:
579
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus in
which the laminating device is provided with means adapted to
be grasped by the hand of the user for the purpose of
manipulating the device.
(1) Note. The devices of this subclass are usually
implements used in applying pressure to associated or
assembled workpieces.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
391 for work secured or work guided devices which may
include a handle to manipulate the device.
523 for work traversing laminating devices combined with
severing means.
574 for work traversing laminating devices having means in
addition to the pressure applying means for handling or
manipulating the work.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
7, Compound Tools, appropriate subclass, for hand tools with
both a laminating roller and a cutting tool.
15, Brushing, Scrubbing, and General Cleaning, appropriate
subclasses for implements of the type there provided for.
Class 15 provides for brushing, scraping or wiping implements
even when disclosed as having a laminating function.
29, Metal Working, subclass 110.5 for roll structures having
a manipulating handle.
Subclass:
580
This subclass is indented under subclass 349. Apparatus
having means including a solid surface biased against the
work to urge the laminae into intimate association with each
other.
(1) Note. In this and the indented subclasses may be found
inventions relating to the means clamping the work during the
setting of the adhesive. Also included are patents in which
the solid member wipes along the surface of a lamina to press
it into intimate engagement with the base to which it is to
be secured.
(2) Note. Laminating presses, per se, of general utility
are provided for in Class 100, Presses, appropriate
subclasses. That class also provides for presses that are
modified by including heating means, cutting means and
various other combined treatments provided for in that class.
The instant group of subclasses (580+) distinguish from
Class 100, Presses, in that the presses or platen surfaces
are not of general utility. Thus, included in Class 156 are;
(a) relieved or discontinuous surfaces for the purpose of
joining laminae in a configured pattern or in a hit-miss
manner; (b) platens wherein a limited portion only of the
press surface area is heated so that a restricted portion
only of the pressed area is joined; (c) wiping devices for
smoothing previously associated laminae.
(3) Note. The energy may be applied to the work by way of
example, in the form of infrared, X-rays, electrostatic
energy or a magnetic field.
(4) Note. Presses or devices for maintaining parts in
assembled relationship during bonding when combined with
assembling, work handling or treating means for the parts are
classified in subclasses above which provide for the various
combinations.
(5) Note. Class 100, Presses, provides for laminating
presses including working handling means moving a previously
assembled sandwich into or out of the press. Thus with
respect to Class 100, this class (156) provides for (a)
laminating presses combined with means to assemble or bring
workpieces into association one with the other (subclasses
538+) or (b) laminating presses in which the press has some
characteristic limiting it to a laminating device in
accordance with (2) Note above.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
358 for laminating devices having means automatically
controlling the application of laminating pressure.
475 for presses in which a part is bent to the configuration
of the base to which it is secured.
580.1 for apparatus having means to treat the work with
sonic or ultrasonic waves or vibrations.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
100, Presses, appropriate subclasses, for presses, per se, of
general utility, especially 300 for a press for attaching a
brake pad to a rotor or cylinder of a brake assembly and see
(2) Note above.
144, Woodworking, 256.1 for press for bending wooden members
as they are pressed but having no claimed means which adapts
the press to use in adhesively securing to each other a
plurality of self-sustaining articles or webs.
269, Work Holders, appropriate subclass as the residual class
for work holders or clamps, per se.
Subclass:
580.1
This subclass is indented under subclass 580. Apparatus
having means to treat the work by imparting rapid
oscillations to the work at a frequency of 10 cycles per
second or greater.
Subclass:
580.2
This subclass is indented under subclass 580.1. Apparatus
wherein the structure of a work contacting surface which has
means subjecting the work to sonic or ultrasonic vibration is
specified other than merely flat.
Subclass:
581
This subclass is indented under subclass 580. Apparatus in
which the working surface of the element which applies the
pressure has either projections or portions thereof recessed,
whereby limited portions only thereof apply pressure to the
work.
(1) Note. The purpose of these devices is to confine the
bonding action to defined areas of chosen configuration by
causing pressure to be applied at selected areas only.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
290 for methods of bonding continuously contacting laminae
at spaced points only.
553 for work feeding or assembling devices having a
discontinuous or patterned press surface.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
144, Woodworking, 256.3, for a woodbending press having
opposed contoured rigid platens.
Subclass:
582
This subclass is indented under subclass 581. Apparatus in
which the pressure applying element is cylindrical in section
and rotates about the axis of the cylinder during the
pressing step.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
555 for presses for continuously joining indefinite or
running length webs including work feeding or handling
means.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
492, Roll or Roller, for a roll, per se, not elsewhere
provided for, and see the notes thereunder.
Subclass:
583.1
Heated:
This subclass is indented under subclass 580. Apparatus in
which means are provided for raising the temperature of the
press surface.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
359 for laminating devices having automatic control of the
temperature of a heat exchange means.
497 for laminating devices having gas, vapor, or flame
contact means for the work.
499 for laminating devices having a separate (nonpress)
heating means for the work.
515 for cutting elements that simultaneously laminate
including heated cutters.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
44, Fuel and Related Compositions, 250 for a flameless or
glowless fuel composition, per se, which may be used in a
device of this subclass (class 156, subclasses 583.1+).
100, Presses, 92 for heated presses there provided for,
especially subclasses 300+ for a heated press for attaching a
brake pad to a rotor or cylinder of a brake assembly. As
between Classes 100 and 156, all tire tube patching presses
are considered to be specialized and are proper for Class
156.
126, Stoves and Furnaces, for a nonpress-surface heating
device, per se, especially subclass 263 for heating device
containing an exothermically reacting composition.
138, Pipes and Tubular Conduits, subclass 98 for hose patch,
per se.
144, Woodworking, 254 for press for bending wooden members
as they are pressed but having no claimed means which adapts
the press to use in adhesively securing to each other a
plurality of self-sustaining articles or webs.
149, Explosive and Thermic Compositions or Charges, 37 for
thermite-type compositions.
152, Resilient Tires and Wheels, subclass 367 for a tire
patch, per se.
Subclass:
583.2
Impulse heating:
This subclass is indented under subclass 583.1. Apparatus in
which heating is of the electrical pulsed type.
Subclass:
583.3
With significantly flexible platen:
This subclass is indented under subclass 583.1. Apparatus in
which the flexible or resilient nature of the press surface
is specifically defined.
(1) Note. Included herein is flexing of the press surface
by a pressurized fluid acting either directly or indirectly
on the press surface. Press surfaces indicated as merely
flexible or resilient are not here unless the flexible or
resilient surface is of a specialized nature. For example,
alternating of pressure surface shape between planar and
nonplanar during pressure application, plural layers of
flexible or resilient material, portion only of press surface
contains flexible material, etc..
Subclass:
583.4
Nonuniform heating:
This subclass is indented under subclass 583.1. Apparatus in
which the area to be bonded has a temperature gradient along
it or the area is bonded in a discontinuous manner.
(1) Note. Included in this subclass are pressure surfaces
in which only limited portions of the surface area are
heated, e.g., cylindrical rotating members, etc.. Also
included are ridged pressure surfaces.
Subclass:
583.5
With endless belt:
This subclass is indented under subclass 583.1. Apparatus
which includes an endless belt.
(1) Note. The endless belt may carry heating platens for
contact with work or may carry the work through stationary
heating platens.
Subclass:
583.6
C-frame type:
This subclass is indented under subclass 583.1. Apparatus
having a frame supporting a pressure surface and an opposed
cantilever portion of the frame supporting a pressure
surface, the reaction force of the compression operation
being a thrust against the cantilever support and the opposed
frame portion.
Subclass:
583.7
Electric heating:
This subclass is indented under subclass 583.6. Apparatus in
which electric heating means is employed.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
100, Presses, subclass 301 for an electrically heated brake
press of general utility.
Subclass:
583.8
Hinged platen:
This subclass is indented under subclass 583.1. Apparatus in
which the movement of one pressure surface to approach the
other is in an arcuate or swinging motion.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
583.6 for opposed pressure surfaces moving toward each other
along the same axis where the swinging motion of the lever
imparts force along the axis.
Subclass:
583.9
Electric heating:
This subclass is indented under subclass 583.8. Apparatus in
which an electric heating means is employed.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
100, Presses, subclass 301 for an electrically heated brake
press of general utility.
Subclass:
583.91
Plural adjustable pressure points:
This subclass is indented under subclass 583.1. Apparatus in
which varying mechanical pressure applied to the material to
be bonded is generally applied at two locations opposite to
each other and on opposite sides of the material being
bonded.
(1) Note. Varying pressure applying means are generally
manual screw and bolt type and may include a rod, belt, or
plate means therebetween to better distribute the pressure.
(2) Note. Varying pressure application at a single point by
thrust against a member rigidly supported at its two ends is
also included in this subclass.
Subclass:
584
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Apparatus having means to positively force at least two
layers out of bonded relationship one to the other.
(1) Note. The devices must apply a separating force to the
parts. The mere destruction of a bond by heat or solvent
treatment is not sufficient for this subclass, being provided
for in the classes that detail the operation, per se.
(2) Note. Where a blade or sharp tool is used acting along
the plane of the bond to force or wedge the laminae apart,
the blade must be free-floating to follow the plane of
weakness. A device having a rigidly fixed blade, set for a
given thickness of cut is provided for in Class 83, Cutting.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
344 for delaminating processes, per se.
510 for cutting devices combined with laminating.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 700 for disassembly apparatus not having
means destroying the bond joint.
83, Cutting, and see (2) Note above.
221, Article Dispensing, subclass 73 for dispensing devices
having means to strip an article from a magazine strip on
which it is carried.
Subclass:
598
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter and not provided for in any of the preceding
subclasses.
CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS
Subclass:
906
OFF-DRUM MANUFACTURE OF TIRE FABRIC OR PLY:
Collection of patents which disclose a process and/or
apparatus for the manufacture of tire components prior to the
assembly of all components on the tire-building drum.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
406.4 for apparatus combining a drum, a conveying means to
feed materials to the drum, and cutting, heating, laminating,
or shaping means for a lamina upstream of the conveyor.
Subclass:
907
Including assembly of bias-cut fabric:
This subclass is indented under subclass 906. Subject matter
which includes the putting together of pieces of fabric which
have been cut at an angle to the warp, weft, etc.., to form a
longer web of fabric.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
397 for apparatus for assembling pieces of bias-cut fabric
on the tire-building drum.
Subclass:
908
LAMINATING SHEET TO ENTIRE EDGE OF BLOCK AND BOTH ADJACENT
OPPOSITE SURFACES; E.G., BOOKBINDING, ETC.:
Cross-reference collection directed to apparatus and process
designed to adhesively bond (a) a sheet workpiece, and (b) a
block workpiece, which may itself be a collection of sheets
held together in block form, (c) the workpiece being bonded
along the entire length of the smallest-dimension side of the
block, and (d) the sheet being adhesively bonded, in the
product, to at least part of both adjacent opposite sides of
the block.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
475 for apparatus for adhesively bonding workpieces,
including means to configure a lamina to the shape of the
part to which it is secured.
Subclass:
909
APPARATUS FOR APPLYING NEW TREAD TO USED TIRE CASING; E.G.,
RETREADING, RECAPPING, ETC.:
Apparatus for laminating a new tread, or tire portion to a
used tire carcass wherein the new tire component is preformed
and not reshaped by the laminating apparatus.
(1) Note. This cross-reference art collection provides for
generally annular and/or toroidal shaped envelopes, or
devices placed around a retreaded tire to hold (but not
reshape) the new tread portion against the tire carcass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
94 for methods of repairing or renewing tires.
381 for apparatus having walls completely surrounding the
work, which walls form a space within which the work is
bonded and which are separable from laminating pressure
surfaces.
421.2 for apparatus which includes either (a) a chamber
incompletely surrounding the tire casing, or work with a
means for establishing pressure within the interior of the
chamber, or (b) a chamber completely surrounding the work
which is, or becomes inseparable from the laminating surfaces
with a means for establishing pressure within the interior of
the chamber.
584 for devices for removing tread stock, beads and piles
from a tire carcass or for removing adhered tires from rims.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
34, Drying and Gas or Vapor Contact With Solids, 104 for
apparatus for drying a hollow article, e.g., a tire, etc..
157, Wheelwright Machines, subclass 13 for devices for
grooving, slitting, or lacerating rubber tires, or tire
bodies; and subclasses 14+ for means which hold at least one
component of a wheel in a particular position, or orientation
either relative to (a) another component of the wheel when
the wheel is assembled, or disassembled, or (b) a repairing,
or surfacing tool working on the tire component of the
wheel.
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, subclass 326 for reshaping toroidal shaped work
pieces.
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, appropriate
subclasses, for heated reaction vessels, or autoclaves.
425, Plastic Article or Earthenware Shaping or Treating:
Apparatus, 17 for tire recapping, rebeading, or sidewall
replacing means.
451, Abrading, for an abrading process performed on a tire
casing (e.g., as a preparation for recapping, etc..) and for
an apparatus therefor.
Subclass:
910
BONDING TIRE CORD AND ELASTOMER: IMPROVED ADHESIVE SYSTEM:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Collection of patents which disclose improved systems for
obtaining a bond between a textile lamina and a rubber or
synthetic resin lamina in the manufacture of tires.
(1) Note. The textile maybe a mechanically interengaged
thread system or now oven type, may be metal or nonmetal,
etc..
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
307.1 for a process of adhesive bonding which includes
vulcanization, crosslinking or other curing phenomenon,
especially subclasses 307.3+ for those which include coating
or impregnating a face to be adhered.
Information Products Division -- Contacts
Questions regarding this report should be directed to:
U.S. Patent and Trademark Office
Information Products Division
PK3- Suite 441
Washington, DC 20231
tel: (703) 306-2600
FAX: (703) 306-2737
email: oeip@uspto.gov
Last Modified: 6 October 2000